FCC ID: ACJFZA3A Tablet Computer

Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Tablet Computer Model No. FZ-A3 series Table of Contents Table of Contents Introduction ..............................................................................................4 About this manual .............................................................................................................4 Disclaimers ........................................................................................................................4 Handling cautions .............................................................................................................5 Trademarks ........................................................................................................................7 Getting started ..........................................................................................8 Confirming the included items ........................................................................................8 Description of parts ..........................................................................................................9 Installing an SD card .......................................................................................................13 Installing a SIM card (models with wireless WAN only) ..............................................14 Installing and removing the batteries ...........................................................................15 Attaching the stylus to the unit .....................................................................................17 Charging the batteries ....................................................................................................19 Turning the unit on and off ............................................................................................20 Screen description .................................................................................21 Home screen ....................................................................................................................21 Navigation buttons ..........................................................................................................21 Status bar .........................................................................................................................21 Notifications panel ..........................................................................................................21 Icons .................................................................................................................................22 Customizing the home screen .......................................................................................23 Input ........................................................................................................25 Typing and voice input ...................................................................................................25 Using the keyboard .........................................................................................................25 Connectivity ............................................................................................26 Mobile network (models with wireless WAN only) .......................................................26 Wi-Fi .................................................................................................................................27 Bluetooth .........................................................................................................................29 Airplane mode .................................................................................................................30 USB connection ..............................................................................................................30 SD memory card ..............................................................................................................31 Security ...................................................................................................32 Locking the screen .........................................................................................................32

[DeviceManagement] app ...............................................................................................32 Settings ...................................................................................................34

[Settings] app ..................................................................................................................34 Power options menu .......................................................................................................35

[UserButtonManager] app ..............................................................................................35 Customized silent mode .................................................................................................36

[Panasonic Enterprise Launcher] app ..........................................................................37 Touch operation settings ...............................................................................................37 Accessibility settings .....................................................................................................38 Apps ........................................................................................................39 Starting apps ...................................................................................................................39 2 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Table of Contents Preinstalled apps ............................................................................................................39 Camera ....................................................................................................41 Taking pictures ................................................................................................................41 Recording videos ............................................................................................................41 Using the option menu ...................................................................................................41 Camera settings ..............................................................................................................42 GNSS .......................................................................................................43 NFC card reader/writer ..........................................................................44 Barcode reader (equipped models only) .............................................45 Hardware diagnostics ............................................................................46 About hardware diagnostics ..........................................................................................46 Running hardware diagnostics ......................................................................................46 Saving or checking the system log and diagnosis results .........................................48 Supplementary items .............................................................................49 Cradle (FZ-VEBA21) ........................................................................................................49 Protective Film (FZ-VPFA31) ..........................................................................................52 Hand Strap (FZ-VSTA31) ................................................................................................54 Troubleshooting .....................................................................................57 General information ........................................................................................................57 Starting up .......................................................................................................................57 Shutting down .................................................................................................................57 Screen ..............................................................................................................................57 Indicator ...........................................................................................................................58 Touch screen operation .................................................................................................58 Connectivity .....................................................................................................................59 Sound ...............................................................................................................................59 Other .................................................................................................................................59 Appendix .................................................................................................61 Replacing the batteries ...................................................................................................61 Factory data reset ...........................................................................................................61 Tips for battery usage .....................................................................................................61 Updating the software ....................................................................................................62 Regulatory information ...................................................................................................64 Specifications ..................................................................................................................67 Accessories .....................................................................................................................70 WARRANTY for U.S.A .....................................................................................................71 WARRANTY for Canada .................................................................................................75 WARRANTY for Europe ..................................................................................................79 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 3 Introduction Introduction About this manual Thank you for purchasing this Panasonic product. For optimum performance and safety, please read these instructions carefully. This manual describes the preparation of the unit for use, and the operations and settings of the main features. Descriptions in this document are based on models without wireless WAN. The availability of some functions depends on your units specifications and the locale of purchase. See Specifications

(page 67) for information about your unit. Descriptions in this document are based on models with GMS (Google Mobile Services). Panasonic Corporation and/or its affiliates are referred to collectively as we or Panasonic. This product supports microSD, microSDHC, and microSDXC memory cards. In this document, the term SD card is used as a generic term for any supported memory card. This product supports Nano SIM cards (certain models only). In this document, the term SIM card is used as a generic term for any supported SIM card. Information in this document is subject to change without notice. For the latest information about optional products, refer to the product catalogs, etc. The language of this manual may be different depending on the region selected when setting the language. Disclaimers Some illustrations in this document may look different from the actual product. Also, the details of the descriptions may vary due to differences between the software versions or automatic updates of some software. To confirm the OS version, swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap

[Settings] [About tablet] confirm under [Android version]. Panasonic assumes no liability for damage incurred from customer misuse or use under other irregular conditions, and damage resulting from the use or the unavailable use of the product. Panasonic shall not be liable for loss of data or other incidental or consequential damages resulting from the use of this product. This product can download, store, forward, and receive additional content, such as applications, ringtones, contact information, and media files. The use of such content may be restricted or prohibited by the rights of third parties, including but not limited to restriction under applicable copyright laws. You are entirely responsible for additional content that you download to or forward from this product; Panasonic is not responsible for such content or its use. Before using such content, it is your responsibility to verify that your intended use is properly licensed or is otherwise authorized. Panasonic does not warrant or guarantee the accuracy, integrity or quality of any additional content or any other third-party content. Under no circumstances will Panasonic be liable in any way for the improper use of additional content or other third-party content by this product or its operator. This document and any related product documentation may refer to services and applications that are provided by third parties. The use of such services or programs may require separate registration with the third party provider and may be subject to additional terms of use. For applications accessed on or through a third-party web site, please review the web sites terms of use and applicable privacy policy in advance. Panasonic does not warrant or guarantee the availability or performance of any third-party web sites, services, or applications. 4 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Introduction Handling cautions General use Operating environment Temperature:

Operation: -20 C to 50 C {-4 F to 122 F} (IEC60068-2-1, 2)*1 Storage: -30 C to 70 C {-22 F to 158 F}

Humidity:

Operation: 30 % to 80 % RH (No condensation) Storage: 30 % to 90 % RH (No condensation) Even within the above temperature/humidity ranges, operation for a long time in extreme environments, smoking nearby, or operation in places where oil is used or where there is a lot of dust will result in product deterioration and will shorten the product life. Also, when using the product in cold environments, the product may take longer to start up and battery operation time may be reduced. If the product is wet in temperatures of 0 C {32 F} or below, freeze damage may occur. Make sure to dry off the product in such temperatures.

*1 Do not directly touch this product with your bare hands when using it in a hot or cold environment. Do not place the product in the following areas, as doing so may damage the product. Near electric appliances. The image may be distorted or noise may occur. This product is designed to reduce physical shock applied to the LCD and internal electrical components

(camera, etc.). However, protection against malfunction due to such shock is not guaranteed. As with any portable device, precautions should be taken to avoid any damage. When operating the screen using the dedicated stylus (included/optional), do not firmly press it down. Doing so may damage the dedicated stylus or result in scratches or dents on the display. Do not place objects on the surface of the product or press down hard on the product with sharp objects. The display surface may get scratched. Do not damage the panels of the battery status indicator, rear camera, and photo light. Do not use the dedicated stylus when dust or dirt (e.g., oil) is on the display or on the tip of the dedicated stylus. Otherwise foreign particles on the screen/stylus tip may scratch the display surface or obstruct operation of the dedicated stylus. Clean the display and stylus tip before use. Use the dedicated stylus only for touching the display. Using it for any other purpose may damage the dedicated stylus and result in scratches on the display. Confirm the safety and security of software before downloading or installing it on the product. Installing malware or viruses can cause malfunction and the disclosure of any private information stored in the product, or may cause excessive sound volume. Turn off the product before removing the SIM card or SD card. Failure to do so can result in data loss or damage to the SIM card, SD card, or product. Do not place the product near a television or radio receiver. This may cause television or radio interference. Keep the product away from magnets. Failure to do so may cause malfunction. When using the product in a vehicle, it may affect electronic devices in the vehicle depending on the vehicle type. Confirm the effects from radio waves with the vehicle manufacturer or sales dealer before use. It is illegal in many areas to record a call without permission. Always ask the other party for permission before recording a call. Follow these instructions and this manual to avoid any damage to the devices. Carefully read the instruction manuals of the peripheral devices. Use peripheral devices that conform to the products specifications. Connect to the connectors in the correct direction. If a connector is hard to insert, do not try forcibly. Check its shape, direction, alignment of pins, etc. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 5 Introduction Protecting your data To prevent accidental loss of data, we recommend that you regularly back up any important data that you store in the product, SIM card, and SD card. To prevent the unintended disclosure of private information, always confirm the destination before sending messages, file attachments, or any other communications, such as email. The internal storage of the product is encrypted automatically. microSD cards (external storage) are not Before disposing of the product or handing the product over to a third party, remove the SIM card, SD encrypted. card, and any other accessories. Before disposing of the product or handing the product over to a third party, perform a factory data reset

(page 61) to erase any data stored in the product. Before using Wi-Fi or Bluetooth features, take appropriate action to secure your data. Drip-proof/dustproof The product is drip-proof/dustproof when the DC input jack cover, USB port cover, and headset jack cover are closed, and the batteries are attached. Therefore, keep water and dust away from products internal components, accessories, and optional products. To prevent liquids, sand, dust, or any foreign objects from entering the product, always keep the covers and batteries clean and make sure to firmly close the covers after opening. Take care not to get anything caught between the covers or between the batteries and the product. Do not use the product if the gasket of the DC input jack cover, USB port cover, or the batteries are damaged, deformed, or peeled off. If the product is exposed to water droplets, wipe them off with a dry, soft cloth and dry thoroughly. Do not leave any water droplets on the product. Water droplets may cause the DC input jack, USB port or headset jack to short circuit, or create smears on the screen. If the product is wet, wipe off the moisture before connecting with peripheral devices. Do not dry the product with an appliance or heat source such as a microwave oven or dryer. Use the charger (included/optional) while dry and do not use it in places with water such as bathrooms because it is not drip-proof/dustproof. Maintenance When cleaning the product, make sure to turn it off. When cleaning the product, wipe it with a soft, dry cloth. An alcohol-based disinfectant may be used if necessary. If the product is particularly dirty, thoroughly wring a cloth soaked in water, wipe off the dirt, and then wipe with a dry cloth. Do not clean the product with solvents such as benzene, thinner, or strong alkaline detergent because they may affect the surface of the product. Battery The battery is a consumable item. Depending on the usage conditions, it may swell as it reaches the end of its life. When the typical battery life of approximately one year or about 500 charge cycles is exceeded, the battery deteriorates. If the battery begins to swell, or the amount of time it can be used after a full charge becomes dramatically shorter, the battery should be replaced with a new one. Contact your technical support representative. Do not touch the terminals of the battery. Failure to observe this may cause poor contact. When the battery is left installed in the product, it discharges electricity gradually in small amounts even if the products power is off. If left for a long period (several months or more), the battery will over discharge and its performance may deteriorate. Store the battery in environments with an ambient temperature of -20 C to 35 C (-4 F to 95 F). If the battery is stored in other environments, battery performance and battery life may be reduced. 6 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Introduction When storing or transporting the battery, make sure that the batterys terminals do not become dirty and that no foreign objects or debris become attached to the batterys terminals. If battery charging is not completed after the specified charging time has passed, remove the battery from the product. The battery protection device may be damaged. You cannot charge an installed battery if it is not recognized by the product. Make sure that you use the specified battery. Dispose properly in compliance with local waste regulations. Trademarks The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Panasonic Corporation is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. microSDXC Logo is a trademark of SD-3C, LLC. The N-Mark is a trademark or registered trademark of NFC Forum, Inc. in the United States and in other countries. Android and Google are trademarks of Google LLC. Wi-Fi, the Wi-Fi logo, the Wi-Fi CERTIFIED logo and Wi-Fi CERTIFIED are trademarks or registered trademarks of Wi-Fi Alliance. FeliCa is a contactless IC card technology developed by Sony Corporation. FeliCa is a trademark of Sony Corporation. USB Type-C and USB-C are registered trademarks of USB Implementers Forum. All other trademarks identified herein are the property of their respective owners. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 7 Getting started Getting started Confirming the included items If any items are missing, please contact your technical support representative. Main unit 1 Battery Pack 2 or Model No. FZ-VZSUT10 Model No. FZ-VZSUT11 In general, FZ-VZSUT10 is used in the illustrations, but FZ-VZSUT11 is used in some illustrations. AC adaptor*1 1 Operating Instructions - Read Me First 1

*1

*2 If it is not included, use an AC adaptor with the same model number. Included with the AC Adaptor. Do not use this with products other than the AC Adaptor it is included with. Model No. CF-AA6413A AC cord*2 1

<Only for North America models>

Stylus 1 Tether 1 8 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Description of parts Front view / bottom view Getting started A Ambient light sensor, proximity sensor The ambient light sensor automatically adjusts the screen brightness. B Front camera C Microphone D Display (touch panel) (page 37) Glove mode: Can be operated while using gloves. Rain mode: Prevents misoperation in wet conditions. E Side button (page 21) F Speaker G Application button [A1] (page 21) H Application button [A2] (page 21) I Application button [A3] (page 21) J Volume buttons K Power button (page 20) L Indicator Orange, lit: Battery is charging Green, lit: Battery charging is complete Red, lit: Battery level is less than 30 % of a full charge Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 9 Getting started M Cradle rail Used when connecting the unit to an optional cradle, etc. N Expansion bus connector Used when connecting an optional cradle, etc. Rear view A Battery status indicator Status of Battery 1 Status of Battery 2 Off: Battery level is sufficient Red, lit: Battery level is less than 30 % of a full charge B Photo light Can be used when taking pictures with the rear camera. C Rear camera D Strap attachment hole E Wireless WAN antenna*1 (internal) F Pen holder G Cover latch H Cover latch lock I Card slot cover J Nano SIM card slot 1*1 (page 14) K Nano SIM card slot 2*1*2 (page 14) L microSD card slot (page 13) 10 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Getting started M Wi-Fi antenna, Bluetooth antenna, GNSS antenna, wireless WAN antenna*1 (internal) When using an NFC card or other NFC device, touch the card/device to this area of the unit. N NFC antenna (internal) O Wi-Fi antenna (internal)

*1 Only for models with wireless WAN

*2 Only for models with dual SIM card slots Side view A Headset jack cover B Headset jack C DC input jack cover (page 12) D DC input jack (page 19) E USB port cover (page 12) F USB Type-A (USB 2.0) port G USB Type-C (USB 3.0) port H Security lock IMPORTANT Observe the following to ensure the drip-proof and dustproof performance of the unit. Make sure the headset jack cover is securely closed when the headset jack is not being used. When closing the headset jack cover, make sure there is no debris around the cover. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 11 Getting started Opening and closing the DC input jack cover/USB port cover Opening the cover 1. Put your fingertip on the tab (circled in the illustration), and slide the cover in the direction of the arrow until you hear a click. 2. Open the cover as shown below. Closing the cover 1. Close the cover firmly to seal it closed. Firmly press the center (circled in the illustration below) of the cover. 2. Slide the cover in the direction of the arrow until you hear a click. Close the cover firmly until the red area (circled in the illustration) of the cover is no longer visible. IMPORTANT Observe the following to ensure the drip-proof and dustproof performance of the unit. Make sure the DC input jack cover and USB port cover are securely closed and locked when the DC input jack and USB port are not being used. When closing the DC input jack cover or USB port cover, make sure there is no debris around the cover. 12 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Getting started Installing an SD card When installing or removing an SD card, place the unit on a flat surface. If a battery is installed, remove it (page 16). 1. Open the card slot cover (A), and then insert the microSD card into the microSD card slot (B). Install only microSD cards. Hold the microSD card so that the metal terminals are facing down, and insert with the notch facing in the same direction of the circled area in the illustration below. 2. Slide the microSD card until you hear a click. To remove a microSD card, push it slightly into the slot to eject it. 3. Close the card slot cover until you hear a click. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 13 Getting started Installing a SIM card (models with wireless WAN only) When installing or removing a SIM card, place the unit on a flat surface. If a battery is installed, remove it (page 16).

<Only for models with dual SIM card slots>

To install another SIM card, use slot 2 (page 10). The procedure is the same as slot 1. 1. Open the card slot cover (A), and then insert the Nano SIM card into the Nano SIM card slot (B). Install only Nano SIM cards. Hold the SIM card so that the metal terminals are facing down, and insert with the notch facing in the same direction of the circled area in the illustration below. 2. Slide the Nano SIM card until you hear a click. To remove a Nano SIM card, push it slightly into the slot to eject it. 3. Close the card slot cover until you hear a click. 14 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Getting started Installing and removing the batteries If the cover latch is closed, open it (page 16). Installing the batteries 1. Insert the tabs at the batterys terminal side into the notches of the unit (A), and then lower the battery into place (B). 2. Press down firmly on the outside edges of the battery to seal it closed. 3. Close the cover latch (A) and lock it (B) by sliding the switch (circled in the illustration) toward

. If the gap above the latch or the red area inside the switch is visible, the latch is not properly closed or locked. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 15 FZ-VZSUT10 FZ-VZSUT11 FZ-VZSUT10 FZ-VZSUT11 Getting started IMPORTANT the unit. model numbers. Removing the batteries Observe the following to ensure the drip-proof and dustproof performance of the unit. When installing the battery, make sure there is no debris lodged in the gasket of the battery and Make sure the gasket of the unit is not damaged, deformed, or peeled off. Always make sure the battery is securely installed and locked. Make sure to install two batteries of the same model number. Do not use batteries with different Make sure to turn off the unit before replacing the battery. 1. Unlock the cover latch by sliding the switch (circled in the illustration) away from

(A), and then open the cover latch by sliding it (B). 2. Insert your fingertip into the groove (circled in the illustration), lift the battery (A) and then remove it

(B). IMPORTANT Do not remove the batteries while the unit is wet. When the unit is wet, remove the water by wiping off the water droplets and thoroughly drying the unit before removing the batteries. (See Drip-proof/dustproof (page 6).) 16 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual FZ-VZSUT10 FZ-VZSUT11 Getting started Attaching the stylus to the unit 1. Insert the stylus into the pen holder in the direction shown in the illustration below until you hear a click. If the stylus is protruding from the unit, it is not properly stored. To detach the stylus, push it into the pen holder until you hear a click. IMPORTANT Do not insert a stylus other than the supplied item or the specified item (CF-VNP025). Do not insert the stylus upside down. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 17 Getting started Using the tether You can attach the stylus to the strap attachment hole of the unit (circled in the illustration above) using the tether. IMPORTANT Do not forcefully pull on the tether. If you let go of the stylus, it may hit the unit or people. 18 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Getting started Charging the batteries The batteries are not charged at the time of purchase. Charge the batteries before turning on the unit for the first time or after an extended period of storage. This section explains how to connect the AC adaptor (CF-AA6413A) and charge. 1. Open the DC input jack cover (page 12). 2. Connect the AC adaptor as shown below. The AC cord may vary depending on the country. Charge the batteries in environments with an ambient temperature of 10 C to 35 C (50 F to 95 F). complete. The indicator lights in orange while the batteries are charging, and lights in green when charging is The unit prevents overcharging of the batteries by charging only when the remaining battery level is reduced at a certain extent. Note Remove any dust or water droplets from plugs before connecting them. Do not use excessive force when inserting plugs or insert them at an angle. Confirming the battery level The battery level is displayed in the upper-right corner of the screen, in the status bar. Fully charged Charging Very low You can also confirm the specific amount of battery level remaining. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the App list, tap [Settings] [Battery]. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 19 Getting started Press and hold

(power button) for more than 2 seconds. Turning the unit on and off Turning the unit on Turning the unit off 1. Press and hold 2. Tap [Power off]. To restart the unit, tap [Restart]. Turning the screen on and off

(power button) until the power options dialog is displayed. When the unit has not been used for a certain period of time, or if you press screen is displayed, the screen will turn off. Press

(power button) to turn on the display again.

(power button) while the Releasing the screen lock If you press Swipe up the screen to release the screen lock.

(power button) while the display is off, the lock screen will be displayed. Configuring the unit for the first time The first time you turn the unit on, you will be prompted to configure the initial settings. Follow the on-screen instructions and configure each item as needed. An internet connection is required to configure certain items. 20 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Screen description Home screen Screen description The home screen is the main screen from which you can launch apps, check widgets, etc. You can customize the home screen to suit your needs by adding, moving, and removing items as desired.

(Customizing the home screen (page 23)) You can also view a list of all installed apps in the app list by swiping up the home screen. You can display the home screen at any time by tapping

. Navigation buttons The navigation buttons are available in most screens and help you navigate the units screens. Returns to the previous screen or closes the current dialog box, menu, etc. Displays the home screen. Displays a list of recently used apps. Once the list is displayed, tap an app to launch it, or swipe left or right to remove an app from the list. You can also tap and hold this while an app is running to split the screen and display two apps at the same time. To return to single screen, swipe the middle line left or right. The unit also features physical buttons that can be used to access various functions quickly. The default button assignments are described below. The same function as The same function as

. Displays the list of options (if available) for the current screen. Side buttons No function by default. Some buttons can be customized using the [UserButtonManager] app (page 35). A1 A2 A3 Status bar The status bar is displayed at the top of the screen when using most apps. It displays icons that let you know the status of the batteries, network signal, and other features. Notifications panel The notifications panel provides detailed information about incoming email messages, app updates, calendar events, etc. You can open the notifications panel by swiping down from the top of the screen toward Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 21 Screen description Tap Tap Icons Status icons the center of the screen. To close the notifications panel, swipe up the screen. While the notifications panel is open, you can swipe down/up to show or hide the hidden items. While the notifications panel is open, you can tap a notification and open the corresponding app, adjust the screen brightness, or switch the displayed apps on and off. You can also swipe a notification left or right to delete it from the panel. to move to [Settings] app. to edit apps displayed on the notification panel, or to reset the notification panel. Status icons are displayed in the status bar. Some commonly displayed icons are explained below.

*1 You can also use the [Settings] app to view details about battery usage. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Battery]. Batteries are fully charged*1 Batteries are charging*1 Battery level is very low*1 Do not disturb mode is active Pen mode is active Glove mode is active Rain mode is active Airplane mode is active Unit is connected to a Wi-Fi network Portable Wi-Fi hotspot is active NFC is active Unit is connected to a mobile network (models with wireless WAN only) 22 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Notification icons Notification icons are displayed in the left side of the status bar and in the notifications panel. Some commonly displayed icons are explained below. Screen description Customized silent mode is active New email received New Gmail received (models with GMS only) USB tethering is enabled (models with wireless WAN only) Multiple tethering methods are enabled (models with wireless WAN only) App updates are available (models with GMS only) App was updated successfully (models with GMS only) Customizing the home screen Adding app shortcuts/folders to the home screen 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, find the desired app. 2. Tap and hold the desired app, and then move it slightly. The screen switches to the home screen. 3. Drag the app and drop it in the home screen. A folder will be created if you overlap it with another app. To change the folder name, tap [Unnamed Folder] while the folder is open. Adding widgets to the home screen 1. Tap and hold a blank area in the home screen. 2. Tap [Widgets]. 3. Scroll to find the desired widget. 4. Tap and hold the desired widget. The screen switches to the home screen. 5. Drag the widget and drop it in the home screen. Moving or deleting items in the home screen Changing the wallpaper in the home screen 1. Tap and hold a blank area in the home screen. 2. Tap [Wallpapers]. 3. Select the app. 1. Tap and hold the item, and then move it slightly. 2. Drag the item to the desired location (to move) or to [Remove] at the top of the screen (to delete). Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 23 Screen description 4. Select an image to set as the wallpaper, and then tap [Set wallpaper]. Configuring the home screen 1. Tap and hold a blank area in the home screen. 2. Tap [Home settings]. 3. Follow the on-screen instructions and configure the desired settings as necessary. 24 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Input Input Typing and voice input Using the keyboard Changing the default keyboard The units keyboard is displayed automatically when you tap a text entry field or when you are prompted to enter information. You can type using the on-screen keyboard; in some cases, you can also enter text by speaking. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [System] [Languages &

input]. input]. 2. Tap [Virtual keyboard], and then select the desired keyboard. Changing the keyboard language 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [System] [Languages &

2. Tap [Virtual keyboard], select the desired keyboard, and then configure the desired settings according to your needs. If the desired keyboard is not shown, tap [Virtual keyboard] [Manage keyboards], and then select the desired keyboard. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 25 Connectivity Connectivity Mobile network (models with wireless WAN only) You can use the unit to connect to a mobile network and access emails and the Internet. Mobile network-related settings are available by swiping up the home screen, and then in the app list, tapping

[Settings] [Network & internet] [Mobile network]. Note Attach a SIM card before using a mobile network. The wireless WAN antenna is contained in the gray area indicated in the illustration below. Covering the area around the antenna with your hand may affect the signal quality. Changing the active SIM card slot (models with dual SIM card slots) You may be able to insert two SIM cards into the unit and select which card is active. See Installing a SIM card (models with wireless WAN only) (page 14) for the card installation procedure. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Network & internet] [Mobile network] [Advanced] [SIM card slot]. 2. Select the desired slot and then tap [OK] [OK]. Depending on the mobile network service provider associated with the corresponding SIM card, you may need to change the preferred mobile network type

(Changing the preferred mobile network type (page 26)). IMPORTANT Depending on the software version, changing the active SIM card slot may not be possible. Contact your technical support representative for more information. Changing the preferred mobile network type You can select the preferred mobile network type used for mobile network connections. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Network & internet] [Mobile network] [Advanced] [Preferred network type]. 2. Select the preferred network type. 26 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Connectivity Wi-Fi Note You can use the unit to connect to a wireless LAN access point and access emails and the Internet. The Wi-Fi antenna is contained in the gray area indicated in the illustration below. Covering the area around the antenna with your hand may affect the signal quality. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Network & internet]

If the switch in [Wi-Fi preferences] [Turn on Wi-Fi automatically] is turned on, Wi-Fi will turn on automatically when a saved network is detected. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Network & internet]

Turning Wi-Fi on and off

[Wi-Fi]. 2. Tap the switch to turn Wi-Fi on or off. Connecting to a Wi-Fi access point

[Wi-Fi]. Make sure that Wi-Fi is turned on. 2. Select the desired network name. If the desired network name is not displayed, you may need to enter the network name (SSID) manually. See Entering the network name (SSID) manually (page 27) for more information. If you are connecting to a network with security protection, enter the password. 3. 4. Tap [CONNECT]. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Network & internet]

2. Tap [Add network]. 3. Enter the network name (SSID), then select the networks security type and enter the password, if Entering the network name (SSID) manually

[Wi-Fi]. Make sure that Wi-Fi is turned on. required. 4. Tap [SAVE]. Selecting the frequency band used for Wi-Fi 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Network & internet]

[Wi-Fi]. Make sure that Wi-Fi is turned on. 2. Tap [Wi-Fi preferences] [Advanced] [Wi-Fi frequency band]. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 27 Connectivity 3. Select the desired setting. Setting a portable Wi-Fi access point (models with wireless WAN only) You can use the unit as a Wi-Fi access point to connect other devices that are compatible with wireless LAN to the Internet. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Network & internet] [Hotspot

& tethering] [Wi-Fi hotspot]. 2. Tap the switch to turn Wi-Fi hotspot on or off. 3. Configure the hotspot name, security type, password, etc. as desired. Using peer-to-peer Wi-Fi connections (Wi-Fi Direct) The unit can establish peer-to-peer connections with other devices that are compatible with Wi-Fi Direct. This allows you to directly send and receive data between the unit and other devices without using a wireless access point. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Network & internet]

[Wi-Fi]. Make sure that Wi-Fi is turned on. 2. Tap [Wi-Fi preferences] [Advanced] [Wi-Fi Direct]. 3. Select the desired settings and functions as necessary. Available devices are displayed under [Peer devices]. 28 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Connectivity Bluetooth Note You can use the unit to connect to other Bluetooth-compatible devices. The Bluetooth antenna is contained in the gray area indicated in the illustration below. Covering the area around the antenna with your hand may affect the signal quality. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Connected devices]

Turning Bluetooth on and off

[Connection preferences] [Bluetooth]. 2. Tap the switch to turn Bluetooth on or off. Pairing a Bluetooth device Use this procedure to use the unit to initiate the pairing process, such as when pairing a Bluetooth headset. Make sure that Bluetooth is turned on, and set the other Bluetooth device to pairing mode or discoverable mode. (Refer to the instruction manuals included with the other device for details.) 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Connected devices]

[Connection preferences] [Bluetooth] [Pair new device]. The unit searches for nearby Bluetooth devices, and the names of Bluetooth devices available for pairing are displayed. 2. Tap the name of the device that you want to pair with the unit. 3. Follow the on-screen instructions. Note When the unit receives a connection request from the other Bluetooth device, a pairing request screen is displayed. Follow the on-screen instructions. Removing a paired Bluetooth device 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Connected devices]

[Previously connected devices]. 2. Tap

[FORGET] of the paired device that you want to remove. Sharing the units Internet connection via Bluetooth (Bluetooth tethering) Use this procedure to use the Bluetooth connection and share the Internet connection with a Bluetooth device that supports PAN profiles. You may not be able to share the units mobile network connection

(models with wireless WAN only) depending on your mobile network service provider. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Network & internet] [Hotspot

& tethering]. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 29 Connectivity 2. Tap the [Bluetooth tethering] switch to turn it on. Airplane mode When using the unit where wireless connections are prohibited, such as on airplanes and in hospitals, you can turn off wireless connections by enabling airplane mode. Once you have turned on airplane mode, you can manually turn certain wireless communication features on again, such as Wi-Fi and Bluetooth. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Network & internet]

Turning airplane mode on and off

[Advanced]. 2. Tap the [Airplane mode] switch to turn it on or off. USB connection Note You can connect the unit to a computer or USB device. The units Type-C port does not support USB PD (USB Power Delivery) or Thunderbolt. For use and compatibility of USB devices, refer to the instruction manual of the USB device. Do not remove a USB device while you are accessing it. If you remove it before operation is completed, the data may get corrupted or the device may become inaccessible. Please understand that we are not responsible for any loss of recorded data or any other direct or indirect damage. Transferring files in the unit to a computer You can connect the unit to a computer and transfer files. Connect the units Type-C port to a computer using the USB connection cable and follow the procedure below. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Connected devices]

[USB]. 2. Tap [File Transfer]. Note the data. You can also change the setting by tapping the notification in the notifications panel. Do not remove the USB connection cable while the unit is being accessed. Doing so may corrupt Sharing the units Internet connection (USB tethering) (models with wireless WAN only) You can share the units Internet connection with another computer. You may not be able to share the units mobile network connection (models with wireless WAN only) depending on your mobile network service provider. Follow the procedure below while the units Type-C port and a computer are connected using a USB cable. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Network & internet] [Hotspot

& tethering]. 2. Tap the [USB tethering] switch to turn it on. Displaying on an external display The units screen can be displayed on an external display. Use a display cable to connect the units Type-C port to an external display. Note Depending on the display cable used, wireless WAN communication quality may be poor. 30 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Opening and closing the cover of the model with a USB Type-A (USB 2.0) port option Opening the cover 1. Put your fingertip on the tab (circled in the illustration), and slide the cover in the direction of the arrow until you hear a click. Connectivity 2. Open the cover as shown below. Closing the cover 1. Close the cover firmly. 2. Slide the cover in the direction of the arrow until you hear a click. Close the cover firmly until the red area (circled in the illustration) of the cover is no longer visible. SD memory card See Installing an SD card (page 13) for the card installation procedure. Confirming the available space on the SD card Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Storage]. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 31 Security Security Locking the screen Configuring the screen lock You can lock the screen to prevent accidental operation. You can also enhance security by requiring a PIN, pattern, or password to prevent the screen from being unlocked. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Security & location] [Screen lock]. If the screen lock is already configured, you must unlock the unit before configuring a different unlock 2. Select the desired unlock method and then follow the on-screen instructions. The risk of unauthorized access to the unit is increased when using the [None] and [Swipe] unlock methods as these methods provide little to no security. For increased security, select an unlock method that is unknown to others and difficult to guess. Do not use a password, etc. that you already use for other features. method. Note Locking the screen Press

(power button) while the screen is displayed, or wait for the screen to automatically turn off.

[DeviceManagement] app IMPORTANT You can disable the units individual hardware features to prevent access to certain functions. A password must be set in order to use this feature. If you forget this password, there is no way to reset it (it is not erased if the unit is reset using the factory data reset utility) and therefore you will no longer be able to change this features settings. If you forget the password, contact your technical support representative. Enabling and disabling certain hardware features 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [DeviceManagement] [Device setting items]. 2. Select the desired feature and then select the desired setting. Repeat this step to change the settings for other features, if desired. 3. Tap [APPLY], enter the password and then tap [OK]. If a password is not set, you will be prompted to create a new one. Some settings will take place the next time the corresponding hardware component is connected, Note mounted, etc. Adding the USB storage 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [DeviceManagement] [Device setting items]. 2. Add USB storage with the following procedures.

[Add device]: Enter the vendor ID or product ID of the USB storage you want to add. 32 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Security

[Do scan]: Scan the connected USB storage, and then tap the USB storage you want to add. Restricting the network connection You can restrict connecting servers or connection methods such as mobile networks or Wi-Fi. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [DeviceManagement] [IP Filter Settings]. 2. Tap [Enable IP Filter] to turn on the checkbox. 3. Tap [Use Filtering Rule X] in Filtering Rule 1 to 5 to turn on the checkbox. 4. Tap [Filtering Network] or [Add IP Address to Accept] of the selected Filtering Rule, and then select the usable connection method or add the allowed server. 5. Tap [APPLY], enter the password and then tap [OK]. If a password is not set, you will be prompted to create a new one. Changing or deleting the password used for [DeviceManagement]

1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [DeviceManagement] [Password settings]. 2. Select the desired item and then follow the on-screen instructions. Exporting and importing [DeviceManagement] settings 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [DeviceManagement]. 2. Tap

[Export] or [Import]. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 33 Settings Settings

[Settings] app Network & internet Connected devices Apps & notifications Battery Display Sound Storage Security & location Accounts Accessibility Configure the units settings. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] to display the settings menu. The settings are grouped into the categories below. Contains settings related to Wi-Fi, mobile networks, Ethernet configuration, hotspots, tethering, etc. Contains settings related to connected devices, such as Bluetooth, NFC, USB, and external devices. Contains settings related to apps and notifications. Allows you to confirm battery status and usage. Also contains settings related to the battery. Contains settings related to screen functionality, such as brightness, wallpaper, sleep, font size, and touch operation. Contains settings related to the units various sounds, volume, Do Not Disturb mode, etc. Allows you to confirm the available space in the units internal storage and SD card. Contains settings that control security-related features such as screen lock. Also contains settings related to location information. Allows you to configure settings related to adding accounts and data syncing. Contains settings that assist the user such as screen readers, display, and interaction controls

(Accessibility settings (page 38)). Digital Wellbeing & parental controls Allows you to confirm information related to usage habits such as how often you unlock the unit and how long you use apps. You can set timers on apps. Also allows you to set parental controls. Contains settings related to Google services. Google System Allows you to configure the display and input language, date and time, backup, reset, etc. 34 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Settings You can press and hold or set the following commonly-used features.

(power button) to display the power options menu. From here, you can perform You can customize the units function buttons. Some of the available functions that you can assign to the buttons are listed below. About tablet Allows you to confirm information about the tablet. Power options menu Power off Restart Touch operation mode (page 37) Lockdown

[UserButtonManager] app Back (the same function as

) Home (the same function as Menu Barcode reader trigger Flashlight Launch an app of your choosing Capture a screenshot Security mode (turns off the screen and sound) Display the screen when it is turned off Changing the functions assigned to the buttons Returns to the previous screen or closes the current screen, menu, on-screen keyboard, etc. (The 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [UserButtonManager]. 2. Tap next to the item you want to change, and then select the desired function. Default button assignments The default button assignments are explained below. Short press assignments A1 same function as

.) A2 A3 A1+A2 A2+A3 Displays the home screen. (The same function as

.) Displays the list of options (if available) for the current screen. Allows you to select the active SIM card slot. Captures a screenshot. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 35 Settings A1+A3 No function by default. Left Side button No function by default. Right Side button No function by default. Left+Right Side button No function by default. Volume up button Increases the volume. Volume down button Decreases the volume. A2 A3 No function by default. Left Side button No function by default. Right Side button No function by default. Long press (press and hold) assignments A1 Turns on security mode. (Turns off the screen and sound.) Turns customized silent mode on and off (see Customized silent mode (page 36)). Wakeup Setting Assigns a button to display the screen when it is turned off. Customized silent mode Customized silent mode allows you to quickly change a variety of settings that affect sound volume, screen brightness, etc. Configuring customized silent mode You can adjust the settings that will be enabled when customized silent mode is turned on. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Sound] [Customized silent 2. Under [Customize], tap the switch of the desired settings to turn them on or off. 3. Tap the [Customized silent mode] switch to turn it on. mode]. Note Turn off customized silent mode before changing the settings. Turning customized silent mode on and off There are multiple methods you can use to turn customized silent mode on and off. Press the button assigned to customized silent mode in the [UserButtonManager] app (see page 35) Turn on [Customized silent mode] in the [Settings] app (see Configuring customized silent mode

(page 36)) 36 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Settings

[Panasonic Enterprise Launcher] app You can change the home app to Panasonic Enterprise Launcher. If Panasonic Enterprise Launcher is set, you can control the use of the functions or apps. In Panasonic Enterprise Launcher, there are two modes, kiosk mode and user mode. Administrator login is necessary to customize the Panasonic Enterprise Launcher. Launcher3 is the Android standard home app. Using [Panasonic Enterprise Launcher]

1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Apps & notifications] (

[Advanced])*1 [Default apps].

*1 May not be displayed 2. Tap [Home app] [Panasonic Enterprise Launcher]. 3. Tap 4. Tap

[Admin login] enter the password (default: blank) [OK].

[Settings], and then configure the desired settings according to your needs. Touch operation settings You can select the following touch operation modes to suit your working conditions. Glove mode: Makes the screen more sensitive to touch operations. Useful when operating the unit while wearing gloves. Pen mode: Changes the screen to a sensitivity optimized for stylus operations. Rain mode: Prevents accidental operation when the screen is wet. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Display] [Advanced]

[Touch operation mode]. 2. Select the desired mode. 3. When necessary, tap

[Advanced], select the desired feature and configure it as desired.

[Finger sensitivity]: Set the sensitivity required for the screen to respond to touch operations. If the sensitivity is high or the screen is wet, select [Low]. If you feel that the sensitivity is low, select

[High].

[Glove thickness]: Set the screen sensitivity according to the glove thickness.

[Rain condition]: Set according to the amount of rain falling on the screen, i.e., how wet the screen is. When [Rain condition] is set to [Heavy], tap and hold operations are limited to 2 seconds. Note You can also change the touch operation mode by tapping [Touch operation mode] in the power options menu (see Power options menu (page 35)). Turn glove mode off when you are not wearing gloves. Even if glove mode is enabled, the unit may not be able to be operated while wearing certain types of gloves. When rain mode is enabled, the screen operates in single-finger touch mode (i.e., only one finger press is recognized at a time) and responds by being firmly pressed with a finger. Even if rain mode is enabled, the unit may not be able to be operated or may not respond properly to touches when the entire screen is wet or depending on the amount of water on the screen. Temporarily press

(power button) to turn off the screen and wipe the water off of the screen. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 37 Settings Accessibility settings The unit provides a variety of settings that allow you to change how the user and unit interact. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Accessibility]. 2. Select the desired feature or option and configure it as desired.

[Volume key shortcut]: Allows you to press and hold both volume buttons to start the selected accessibility feature.

[Select to Speak]: Allows you to tap specific items on your screen to hear them read aloud.

[TalkBack] (models with GMS only): Reads items on the screen aloud.

[Text-to-speech output]: Allows you to configure the units text-to-speech features.

[Font size]: Allows you to make the text on the screen smaller or larger.

[Display size]: Allows you to make the items on your screen smaller or larger.

[Magnification]: Allows you to turn on the units screen magnification feature.

[Color correction]: Allows you to correct the colors in the screen.

[Color inversion]: Allows you to invert the colors in the screen.

[Large mouse pointer]: Allows you to make the pointer size larger when a mouse is connected.

[Remove animations]: Allows you to speed up the unit by disabling animations.

[Accessibility Menu]: If on, allows you to display large menus anytime you tap the icon at the bottom right of the screen. scroll, enter text, and more. unit is tilted.

[Switch Access] (models with GMS only): Allows you to use one or more switches to select items,

[Dwell timing]: Allows you to set the connected mouse pointer to click when it stops moving.

[Auto-rotate screen]: Allows you to configure the unit to rotate the screen automatically when the

[Touch & hold delay]: Allows you to adjust the amount of time that passes before the unit recognizes a long tap as a tap-and-hold operation.

[Mono audio]: Combines channels when playing audio.

[Captions]: Allows the display of captions.

[High contrast text]: Allows you to clearly display text by increasing its contrast. 38 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Apps Apps Starting apps There are several ways you can start an app. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap the apps icon Create a shortcut to the app in the home screen (see Adding app shortcuts/folders to the home screen (page 23)) Use the [UserButtonManager] app to assign the app to one of the units buttons (see Changing the functions assigned to the buttons (page 35)) Preinstalled apps The unit comes preinstalled with the following apps. Barcode Reader Allows you to configure the barcode reader (equipped models only)

(Barcode reader settings (page 45)). Chrome (models with GMS only) Internet browser app. DeviceManagement Allows you to disable the units individual hardware features

([DeviceManagement] app (page 32)). Photos (models with GMS only) Allows you to display, edit, and manage photos and movies. Contacts Allows you to store and manage your contacts. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 39 Apps UserButtonManager Allows you to configure the units buttons ([UserButtonManager] app (page 35)). Hardware Diagnostic Allows you to check if the units functions are operating correctly

(About hardware diagnostics (page 46)). File Copy Allows you to work with files in storage. Log sending app Allows you to acquire logs from the unit, and save them to storage or send them to the server. It is used for analysis during malfunction. Button Handler Allows you to select the button handler app. Button handler apps developed independently can be set here.

[UserButtonService] is set at the time of purchase. If it is set to [Disable], the

[UserButtonManager] app cannot be used. Panasonic Rapid Configuration Allows you to apply the various settings at once by scanning a QR code. WL/BL App Displays the apps whitelisted and blacklisted in management tools. Other apps are preinstalled in addition to those mentioned above. 40 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Camera Camera Taking pictures 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Camera]. 2. Confirm that

(camera mode) is displayed. If is displayed, swipe the screen to the right and then tap to select camera mode. You can use the digital zoom by pinching in and out or by pressing the volume buttons to adjust the 3. Tap to take a picture. zoom ratio. Recording videos 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Camera]. 2. Confirm that

(video mode) is displayed. If is displayed, swipe the screen to the right and then tap to select video mode. 3. Tap to start recording, and tap to stop recording. You can use the digital zoom by pinching in and out or by pressing the volume buttons to adjust the zoom ratio. Using the option menu 1. While using the [Camera] app, tap

. 2. Tap the desired icon and then select the desired option. Front/rear camera selector Used to switch between the front and rear camera. Some features are not available depending on which camera is selected. Photo light*1

: On

: Off

: Auto*2 Scene modes

: Snow

: Sunset

: Night view

: Landscape

: Auto Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 41

: HDR (mode that reduces blocked out blacks and blown-out highlights in scenes with large differences in brightness)*2 Grid lines Set whether to display guiding grid lines in the shooting screen. Camera Self timer*2 Exposure*1*2*3

*1 Only when the scene mode is set to [AUTO]

*2 Only in camera mode

*3 Only when [Manual exposure] is enabled in the camera settings Camera settings In the [Camera] app, swipe the screen to the right and then tap 1. 2. Select the desired feature and configure it as desired.

[Resolution]: Allows you to set the resolution.

[Quality]: Allows you to set the picture quality.

[Focus mode]*1: Allows you to set the shooting mode according to the subject.

[White balance]: Allows you to adjust the color development of images according to the weather and conditions of the shooting location.

[Date stamp]: Allows you to display the date and time when the picture was taken.

[ISO]*1: Allows you to set the ISO sensitivity.

[Save location]: Allows you to save location information in pictures.

[Advanced]: Allows you to set the exposure, storage location, and shutter sound.

*1 Only in camera mode 42 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual GNSS GNSS Note Allows you to use GNSS information such as GPS and GLONASS. The GNSS antenna is contained in the gray area indicated in the illustration below. Covering the area around the antenna with your hand may affect the signal quality. When using a device compatible with USB 3.0, GNSS information may not be received correctly. In this case, turn off [SuperSpeed USB]. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Connected devices]

[External device]. 2. Tap the [SuperSpeed USB] switch to turn it off. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 43 NFC card reader/writer NFC card reader/writer The unit can read NFC card data. It can also transmit data with other devices that have NFC built in. Note Hold the NFC card in the orientation as shown in the figure. When using NFC, unlock the screen. If the unit is having difficulty reading, slightly shift the position of the card. If your unit is equipped with the barcode reader over the NFC antenna, NFC cannot be used. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Connected devices]

Turning NFC on and off

[Connection preferences]. 2. Tap the [NFC] switch to turn it on or off. Advanced NFC settings

[Connection preferences]. Make sure that NFC is turned on. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Connected devices]

2. Tap [Advanced NFC settings]. 3. Select the desired settings and then configure them according to your needs. 44 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Barcode reader (equipped models only) Barcode reader (equipped models only) Barcode reader settings 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Barcode Reader]. 2. Select the desired settings and then configure them according to your needs. You can use the [UserButtonManager] app to configure which button is used to start scanning the barcode. See Changing the functions assigned to the buttons (page 35) for more information. Triggering the barcode reader Using the barcode reader Typically, scanned barcodes are entered into the currently selected text field of the app that is in the foreground. About the demo app You can try using the barcode reader by launching the demo app. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Barcode Reader]

[Demo]. Note The barcode scan function is assigned to the side buttons in the demo app. Pressing the buttons emits a laser. Take care not to look directly at the laser or point it at other peoples eyes. Doing so will cause damage to the eyes. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 45 Hardware diagnostics Hardware diagnostics About hardware diagnostics If you suspect that the units hardware is not operating correctly, you can use the [Hardware Diagnostic]

app to check if there are problems with the hardware. If there is a hardware problem, contact your technical support representative. This app cannot check for software problems. Diagnosable hardware Automatic Test Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, Wireless WAN (WWAN) (models with wireless WAN only), GPS, microSD card

(external SD), USB storage, Ethernet Manual Test Touchscreen (Multi-touch, Single-touch), LCD, Sound, Battery Health Running hardware diagnostics A result icon is displayed on the left of the diagnosed device.

: Pass

: Fail Diagnosing with the automatic test 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Hardware Diagnostic]. 2. Turn on the checkbox by tapping the device name ([1. Wi-Fi], [2. Bluetooth], [3. WWAN] (models with wireless WAN only), [4. GPS], [5. External SD], [6. USB storage], [7. Ethernet]) that you want to diagnose. To diagnose a microSD card or USB storage device, insert the microSD card or USB storage device into the unit. Back up any important data in the microSD card or USB storage device before diagnosis. 3. Tap [RUN] to start diagnosis. 4. When a message indicating that diagnosis is finished is displayed, tap [FINISH]. Diagnosing the touchscreen (multi-touch) 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Hardware Diagnostic] [8. Touchscreen

(Multi-touch:5points)]. 2. Touch the screen with five fingers. 3. When you remove your fingers from the screen and a message indicating that diagnosis is finished is displayed, tap [PASS], [FAIL], or [RETRY]. Diagnosing the touchscreen (single-touch) 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Hardware Diagnostic] [9. Touchscreen

(Single-touch)]. 2. Touch A with your finger and trace the screen in order to E. 3. When a message indicating that diagnosis is finished is displayed, tap [PASS], [FAIL], or [RETRY]. 46 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Diagnosing the LCD

<Vertical>

1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Hardware Diagnostic] [10. LCD]. 2. Rotate the unit and check that the screen is displayed as follows. Hardware diagnostics

<Horizontal>

3. Tap the screen, and then tap 4. When the confirmation items are displayed, tap the test result items to turn on the checkboxes, and

. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Hardware Diagnostic] [11. Sound]. 2. Tap

, speak into the units microphone, and then tap to stop recording. twice, and the confirmation items are displayed. Tap the test result items to turn on the then tap [OK]. Diagnosing the sound 3. Tap [SAVE]. 4. Tap the saved file to check the sound. 5. Tap checkboxes, and then tap [OK]. Diagnosing the battery health Health]. 2. Check the details and then tap [OK]. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Hardware Diagnostic] [12. Battery Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 47 Hardware diagnostics Saving or checking the system log and diagnosis results 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Hardware Diagnostic] [System Checking the system information Information]. 2. Check the details and then tap [OK]. Checking the system log Saving the test results Note The test results are saved to:

Checking saved test results 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Hardware Diagnostic] [System Log]. 2. Check the details and then tap [OK]. 1. After running hardware diagnostics, tap

[Save test result to the internal storage]. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Storage] ([Internal shared storage] ) [Files] [DiagnosticResults]. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Hardware Diagnostic] [Test Result]. 2. Select the XML file of a saved test result, and then tap [OK]. 3. Check the details, and then tap to finish displaying the diagnosis results. Sharing saved test results 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Hardware Diagnostic]

[Attach test result to mail]. 2. Select the zip file of a saved test result, and then tap [OK]. 3. Select an app with which to share, and follow the on-screen instructions. Saving the background Logcat (system log) to the internal storage 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Hardware Diagnostic]

[Save Logcat in background]. 2. Check the details and then tap [OK].

[OK]. To stop saving, tap [Save Logcat in background] again to turn off the checkbox, and then tap 48 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Supplementary items Supplementary items Cradle (FZ-VEBA21) In combination of the unit and the cradle, you can connect various devices. You can also charge the unit. Carefully read the instruction manuals of the devices when connecting them to the cradle. Description of parts IMPORTANT Do not touch the metal parts such as the bus connector terminals. A Bus connector terminals Connects to the bus connector at the bottom of the unit. B Lock release lever Used when disconnecting the unit from the cradle. C Security lock (side front) A Kensington cable for security can be connected.*1 If the cable for security is connected to this security lock after the unit is connected, the unit cannot be disconnected because the lock release lever is locked. D Security lock (side back) A Kensington cable for security can be connected.*1 E DC input jack F LAN port G USB Type-A (USB 3.0) port

*1 Refer to the instruction manual included with the cable for details. Connecting the unit Before connecting the unit to the cradle, disconnect all cables and peripheral devices from the unit and close the terminal covers. However, to charge the battery, connect the unit with the AC adaptor connected. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 49 Supplementary items 1. Connect the AC adaptor (included with the unit or sold separately) to the DC input jack of the cradle. Connect the AC cord (included with the unit or sold separately) to the AC adaptor, and connect the plug of the AC cord to an AC outlet. Refer to the Operating Instructions - Read Me First included with the unit for safety precautions for the AC adaptor and AC cord. 2. Insert the unit from above the cradle and push the upper center of the unit all the way in. Make sure there are no foreign objects between the unit and the cradle. This may cause malfunctions in the unit and the cradle. 3. To lock the lock release lever, connect the cable for security to the security lock at the side (A). IMPORTANT Do not move the cradle while the unit is connected. If the unit malfunctions while connected to the cradle, disconnect the unit and check to see if the unit operates normally. If the unit operates normally, the cradle may be malfunctioning. Contact your technical support representative. Disconnecting the unit If the cable is connected to the security lock at the side, remove the cable. 50 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual A 1. Push the lock release lever all the way in (A) and lift the unit up (B). Supplementary items If it is difficult to disconnect the unit, push the lock release lever while holding the unit from the top Note for easy disconnection. Charging the batteries When you connect the unit with the AC adaptor attached to the cradle, the batteries attached to the unit are automatically charged. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 51

Supplementary items Protective Film (FZ-VPFA31) n Included accessories Spatula 1 Description of parts A Protective Film B Peel-off sheet C White tape D Blue tape How to apply the Protective Film Note Do not bend the Protective Film. Creases may prevent the Film from being applied smoothly to the screen, and may make the screen difficult to see. 1. Use a soft, dry cloth to remove dirt, dust, fingerprints, etc., from the screen surface. If the Protective Film is applied while foreign matter remains on the screen surface, air bubbles or abrasions may result. 2. Hold the white tape of the peel-off sheet (A), and peel back about 3 cm of the sheet from the Protective Film. At this time, do not touch the adhesive side (B), or leave the Film lying around, as dust or other foreign matter might settle on it. 52 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Supplementary items 3. Align the adhesive side of the Protective Film (the side of the Film with the peel-off sheet with the white tape) with the screen, and carefully attach the Film to the screen while peeling off the peel-off sheet. If the Film is positioned incorrectly, or if large air bubbles are visible, peel off the Film and re-apply. If dust or other foreign matter settle on the adhesive side of the Protective Film, remove it with cellophane tape. 4. Use the spatula provided (C) to remove any remaining air bubbles. Remove air bubbles by pushing them toward the outer edge of the screen, as shown in the figure. Do not apply too much force, as damage to the screen may result. Also, be careful not to scratch the surface of the Protective Film with the corner of the spatula. 5. Hold the blue tape of the peel-off sheet (D), and peel away the entire sheet from the Protective Film. Note If the surface of the Protective Film becomes dirty, wipe it with a soft, dry cloth. When removing the Protective Film, be careful not to scratch the screen with your fingernails, etc. Peel off the Protective Film slowly and carefully. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 53 0.5 mm 0.5 mm Supplementary items Hand Strap (FZ-VSTA31) Handling and maintenance Take care as there is a risk of the unit dropping when the hand strap is loose. Do not use the hand strap if it is worn out or damaged. Your hand, hand strap, etc. may appear in the shooting range of the camera depending on the way you hold or the direction of the hand strap. When shooting with the camera, adjust the position of the hand strap so that the hand strap does not enter the shooting range of the camera. For typical cleaning, wipe the hand strap with a soft, dry cloth. If the hand strap becomes dirty, wet a soft cloth with water and wring it thoroughly before wiping the Do not clean the hand strap with benzene, thinner, alcohol, household cleansers, etc., as these may hand strap. damage the hand strap. Description of parts A Pen holder B Stands C Rings Unfold the stands to use the unit upright. You can attach the shoulder strap. Attaching 1. Place the unit on a flat surface such as a desk with the screen facing down, then attach the straps to the strap attachment holes. Make sure there are no foreign objects under the unit. Pass the straps through the strap attachment hole at each side of the unit (A), then pass them through the buckles (B-C). 54 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Supplementary items 2. Attach the hand strap. Pass the straps through the left and right upper strap attachment holes (D), pull them firmly to the end (E), and then pass them through the buckles (F). Unfold the stands (G), attach the straps attached in step 1 to the buckles (H), pull the belts firmly

(I), and then fold the stands (J). To remove the hand strap, unfold the stands (K), and press the buckle protrusions (L). Adjusting the hand strap Open the cover, adjust the hand strap to fit your hand, fold back and fasten the belt, and then fold the cover. Make sure that the ring does not go past the stopper (A). If it does, the belt may get detached from the ring and the unit may fall. The part where you insert your hand can be rotated. Replacing the batteries To replace the batteries, unfold the stands in step 2 above (K), press the buckle protrusions (L) to remove the straps, and lift the hand strap. Attaching the shoulder strap You can attach the shoulder strap (CF-VNS331) to the rings of the hand strap. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 55 Supplementary items Pass the strap through the rings as shown in the figure (A), pass it through the buckles (B), and then adjust it to the desired length. 56 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Troubleshooting Troubleshooting General information Starting up The unit does not turn on. If you experience any trouble while using the unit, refer to the information in this section for troubleshooting. If the problem persists, contact your technical support representative. To turn the unit on, press and hold The battery level may be low or completely discharged. Charge the batteries or replace with

(power button) for more than 2 seconds. fully-charged ones. The unit may be too hot or too cold. Leave the unit in an environment of 10 C to 35 C (50 F to 95 F) for about an hour, and then try again. Install the batteries correctly. Other startup problems Disconnect and remove all peripheral devices. Shutting down The unit does not turn off. It may take one or two minutes for the unit to turn off. This is not a malfunction. Press and hold

(power button) for at least 10 seconds to force the unit to restart, and then try again. Disconnect and remove all peripheral devices. Screen Nothing appears on the screen. of time. Press

(power button). The screen turned off automatically (sleep) because the unit has not been used for a certain period The batteries may have become completely discharged while the screen was off. In this case, any data which has not been saved will be lost. Charge the batteries or replace with fully-charged ones. The unit may be too hot or too cold. Leave the unit in an environment of 10 C to 35 C (50 F to 95 F) for about an hour, and then try again. The screen is too dark. The [Adaptive brightness] setting reduced the brightness according to the ambient brightness. Manually adjust the screen brightness. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Display] [Adaptive brightness]. 2. Tap [Adaptive brightness] switch to turn it off. 3. Tap

, and then tap [Brightness level] and adjust the slider. The [Minimum limit brightness] setting of customized silent mode was turned on. Turn off the setting. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Sound] [Customized silent mode]. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 57 Troubleshooting 2. Tap the [Customized silent mode] switch to turn it off, then tap the [Minimum limit brightness] switch to turn it off. 3. Tap the [Customized silent mode] switch to turn it on. After the screen turns off, displaying the screen again takes time. If you press

(power button) immediately after the unit sleeps or after pressing

(power button) to turn off the screen, displaying the screen again will take some time. There are red, green, or blue dots on the screen, or there is unevenness in screen colors or brightness. The following are not malfunctions. Although advanced high-precision technologies are used in the production of color LCD screens, a very small number of the screen pixels may be dark or remain constantly lit. Due to the natural characteristics of LCD screens, you may notice unevenness in colors and brightness depending on your angle of view. Hues may also vary by product. Residual images may be displayed if the same screen is displayed for a long time. Display a different Residual images are displayed. screen. I cannot operate the touchscreen. The touchscreen operates involuntarily. Temporarily press

(power button) to turn off the screen and then turn it on again. Indicator The indicator flashes in orange. The battery cannot be charged temporarily because the ambient temperature is too low or too high. Leave the unit in an environment of 10 C to 35 C (50 F to 95 F) for about an hour, then charge again. The remaining battery level is approximately less than 30 % of a full charge. Charge the battery. The indicator lights in red. The indicator flashes in red. debris found. Battery authentication failed. Use only a specified battery. There may be debris lodged in the battery charge terminals. Remove the battery and remove any Charging may have stopped automatically. Disconnect the charger and then reconnect it. The indicator does not light during charging. Battery charging ends quickly, or the battery cannot be charged at all. The charger is not connected properly. Confirm all connections. There may be debris lodged in the battery charge terminals. Remove the battery and remove any debris found. Replace the battery with a new one. Touch screen operation The settings described below are explained in Touch operation settings (page 37). I cannot operate the screen while wearing gloves. Select [Glove mode]. The screen responds before I have touched the screen. The screen responds incorrectly when it is wet. Select [Normal]. Select [Rain mode]. 58 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Troubleshooting The screen seems slightly unresponsive to touches. Select [Normal]. I cannot operate the unit with a stylus. Select [Pen mode]. Connectivity The SD card or other external device does not work. The unit cannot connect to a network. The corresponding hardware feature may be disabled by the [DeviceManagement] app (see Enabling and disabling certain hardware features (page 32)). The unit is not recognized as a mass storage device when connected to a computer (models with wireless WAN only). Make sure that USB tethering is turned off. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Network & internet]

[Hotspot & tethering]. 2. Tap the [USB tethering] switch to turn it off. I want to confirm the units MAC address. Follow the procedure below. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [About tablet]. 2. Confirm the address. Sound No sound is heard. Customized silent mode was turned on. Turn off customized silent mode (see Turning customized silent mode on and off (page 36)) or configure customized silent mode to not mute the units sounds (see Configuring customized silent mode (page 36)). Do not disturb was turned on. Open the notifications panel, and then turn off Do not disturb mode or configure Do not disturb settings to not mute the units sounds. To configure Do not disturb settings, swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Sound] [Do not disturb]. Sound stops or is distorted. It is normal for the sound to stop or be distorted in the following situations. When connecting or disconnecting a headset or headphones When rotating the screen Sounds are heard from the speaker even when a headset or headphones are connected. Notification sounds and alarms are played using the speaker even when a headset or headphones are connected to the unit. This is normal. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Sound] [Advanced], and then tap the [Speaker off during earphone use] switch to turn it on. Other The date and time are incorrect. Confirm the date and time settings. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap

[Settings] [System] [Date & time]. Set the date and time automatically. time]. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [System] [Date &

Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 59 Troubleshooting 2. Tap the [Automatic date & time] and [Automatic time zone] (models with wireless WAN only) 3. Make sure the unit is in an area with good wireless reception, turn the unit off, and then turn it switches to turn them on. on again. The unit will not recognize dates after December 31, 2037. The units operation is slow. Ambient temperature may be too low or too high. Leave the unit in an environment of 10 C to 35 C (50 F to 95 F) for about an hour and then try again. The unit does not respond. Turn the unit off and then on again. If an app does not work normally, follow the instructions below to force quit or uninstall the problematic app or process. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Apps & notifications]. 2. Select the desired app or process and then tap [UNINSTALL] or [FORCE STOP]. The screen freezes and no operations can be performed. Press and hold

(power button) for at least 10 seconds to force the unit to restart, and then try again. the Internet. I cannot enter text using voice recognition. An Internet connection is needed to enter text using your voice. Make sure the unit can connect to Some apps do not function after updating the units software. The apps may not be compatible with the newest version of the units software. To return the unit to the previous version of the software, contact your technical support representative. The unit cannot connect to external services (Google services, mobile networks, etc.). Confirm all relevant settings and contact the service provider. If the trouble persists, contact your technical support representative. Location information is incorrect. Mobile networks (models with wireless WAN only) and radio waves from satellites are used to acquire location information. Positioning may take time, or location information may be less accurate under the following conditions because radio wave signal reception is poor. Immediately after turning on the unit When acquiring location information for the first time When out of the mobile network range When you are in the following places:

Inside a building Inside a vehicle such as car or train Inside a tunnel or underground Under an elevated bridge In a city with skyscrapers In an area dense with trees In a mountainous region 60 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Appendix Appendix Replacing the batteries There are two methods to replace the batteries. Turn off the unit and then replace. Replace the batteries without turning the unit off. IMPORTANT When replacing the batteries, use sufficiently charged batteries. When the battery level is low, follow the on-screen instructions to replace the batteries. When replacing the batteries, replace them one at a time. The unit will turn off if both are removed. Do not remove the SD card or SIM card while replacing the batteries without turning the unit off. Make sure you save any important data before replacing the batteries. Factory data reset CAUTION The following procedure resets all settings and erases any data you have stored in the unit. Back up important data before performing this procedure. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [System] [Advanced]

[Reset options]. 2. Tap [Erase all data (factory reset)] [RESET TABLET] [ERASE EVERYTHING]. The unit restarts when the factory data reset is complete. Data stored in the SD card will not be erased. Tips for battery usage Minimizing battery deterioration The battery is a consumable and the deterioration of its performance and battery life is accelerated under the following conditions. Repeatedly charging the battery Using, charging, or storing the battery in a high-temperature environment To minimize battery deterioration and ensure longer battery life, keep the following tips in mind. Charge in an environment between 10 C and 35 C (50 F to 95 F) If the surrounding temperature is too high or too low, the units indicator flashes in orange and the battery cannot be charged temporarily. Avoid charging more than once per day Charging the battery too often will cause the battery performance to deteriorate. Therefore, the unit will not charge the battery immediately after it is fully charged unless the remaining charge is reduced at a certain extent to avoid overcharging. Maximizing battery operation time To maximize the battery operation time, keep the following tips in mind. Reduce the screens power consumption Reduce power consumption by pressing by reducing the screens brightness level.

(power button) to turn off the screen when not in use, or Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 61 Appendix Turn off wireless devices when not in use You can also turn on airplane mode to quickly turn off wireless connections. Reduce the time taken to automatically turn off the screen (sleep) Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Display] [Advanced]

[Sleep], and select a shorter amount of time taken for the unit to turn off the screen automatically. Updating the software You can update the software when a system update is released. IMPORTANT Check the following before starting the update. The remaining battery level is sufficient The unit has available storage space (swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap

[Settings] [Storage], and if there is no storage space, make some room for the update) 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [System] [Advanced]

The date and time are correct

[System updates]. 2. Follow the on-screen instructions. License agreement for the system update service 1. Service introduction The system update service (this service) is offered as a way to keep the products software*1 up to date after purchase, for feature and performance enhancement. Without visiting a customer service center, you can take advantage of convenient software updating to check for any required product updates and wirelessly*2 download and replace outdated software with the latest version. This service is managed by Panasonic Corporation and/or its affiliates, hereafter referred to collectively as we or Panasonic. Read the following terms of use carefully and make sure you understand them before use. By using this service, you agree to accept all terms of use. 2. Disclaimer Panasonic is not liable for any loss or damage of data with user-installed software from use of this service. Nor are we liable for any malfunction or damage to the product due to user error. For details, see Precautions below. No guarantee is made that this service will be suitable for specific purposes, and we are not liable in any way for indirect, incidental, or consequential loss or lost profit to you or third parties arising from or related to use of this service. Panasonic reserves the right to change or discontinue this service, terms of use, and other matters without prior notice. Check the latest terms of use before using this service. Similarly, we reserve the right to interrupt or discontinue this service without prior notice. 3. Prohibited actions The following actions are prohibited when using this service. If you violate the terms of use by taking the following actions, Panasonic may interrupt or discontinue this service or terminate the agreement without prior notice, and seek compensation. Action that disadvantages Panasonic or third parties, or that causes or poses a risk of loss Action that infringes on or may infringe on intellectual property rights (such as copyrights or trademark rights) of Panasonic or third parties Action that undermines or may undermine the credibility or dignity of Panasonic, such as action offensive to public order and morals Action that is illegal or linked to criminal acts, or which poses a risk of same Action that violates or may violate laws, regulations, or ordinances Other action that we have deemed inappropriate and have requested you to cease 62 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Appendix 4. Privacy policy 5. Limitation on liability 6. Precautions As this service is used, information identifying the product (such as model or serial numbers) is sent to our software update servers. We use this information only to provide service or support, and not for any other purposes. Regarding liability borne by Panasonic in providing this service, and in the context of this license agreement, in the event of willful or gross negligence on our part in providing this service, regardless of the reason, users will be compensated only for an amount equivalent to the value of this service. Although user data such as photos, email messages, and downloaded files remain on the product during software updates, in some cases it may not be possible to safeguard this data, depending on the condition of the product. We therefore recommend backing up important data. However, please understand that some data (e.g., downloaded files) cannot be backed up. Never turn off the product, reset it, or perform similar operations while a download is in progress, or during updates. If the products software is already up to date, no update is necessary. Note that updating the software may take some time, as data is being downloaded and uploaded. Thank you for understanding that you cannot specify the timing of file distribution to the product or the period for which updates will be valid. This service is not available under the following conditions. When the product is not turned on, or when it is in sleep mode When the product is not connected to a wireless network When the product is in international roaming mode When the product is in airplane mode When tethering mode is enabled When the correct date and time is not set When the remaining battery level is less than 50 %

When the server polling interval of the update application is set to 00 While the battery is being replaced Intellectual property rights Data provided to you for this service is licensed to you under the same conditions as in the license agreement of the software for which the data is used. Unless otherwise indicated, use of this service does not constitute licensing or transfer of any intellectual property rights from Panasonic to you. 7. 8. Governing law and court of jurisdiction Japanese law forms the basis for use of this service and interpretation and application of this license agreement. In the case of any disputes over this service, the Tokyo District Court will serve as the competent court of first instance. 9. Service inquiries For any inquiries regarding this service, please contact the Panasonic customer service center.

*1 Only applies to software provided by Panasonic.

*2 A fee may be incurred for users enrolled in pay-per-use data plans, as data transmission for this service will be added to the user's other data consumption. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 63 Appendix Regulatory information For USA models Highest value (W/kg) 1.23 FCC RF exposure information The highest SAR value for this product as reported to the FCC is listed below:

External antenna This product is provided with external antenna connector(s) for connection to optional Vehicle Dock or Port Replicator for mobile external mounted antenna(s). External antenna(s) listed below or equivalent antenna(s) must be used. Antenna types not included in this list that have a gain greater than the maximum gain indicated for any type listed are strictly prohibited for use with this product. The external antenna(s) must be professionally installed and must be ensured that the proper antenna(s) are used. User must maintain minimum 20 cm spacing between external antenna(s) and all persons body (excluding extremities of hands, wrist and feet) during wireless modes of operation. Antenna list Model Usage Manufacturer Type Frequency range

(MHz) Gain*1

(dBi) AP-PAN-MMF C-Q-BL Airgain Monopole 698 - 960 WWAN or WLAN AP-PAN-MMF WG-Q-BL WLAN only Airgain Monopole*2 1710 - 2700 2400 5500 1.4 4.1 4.3*2 0.7*2

*1 Loss of cable permanently attached to the antenna is included.

*2 Data for Antenna element 1. Antenna element 2 is used for GNSS receiver. For Canada models / Pour les modles du Canada RF exposure information The highest SAR value for this product as reported to the ISED is listed below:

Highest value (W/kg) 1.23 1,23 Information sur lexposition aux radiofrquences (RF) La valeur de DAS la plus leve obtenue pour ce produit, telle que rapporte lISDE lors des essais pour une utilisation prs de loreille, est telle que dcrite ci-dessous :

Valeur la plus leve (W/kg) 64 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Appendix External antenna This product has been approved by ISED to operate with the antenna types listed below, with the maximum permissible gain indicated. Antenna types not included in this list that have a gain greater than the maximum gain indicated for any type listed are strictly prohibited for use with this product. User must maintain minimum 20 cm spacing between external antenna(s) and all persons body (excluding extremities of hands, wrist and feet) during wireless modes of operation. Antenna list Model Manufacturer Type AP-PAN-MMF C-Q-BL Airgain Monopole 698 - 960

*1 Loss of cable permanently attached to the antenna is included. Frequency range

(MHz) 1710 - 2700 Gain*1

(dBi) 1.4 4.1 Impedance

(Ohm) 50 Antenne externe Lutilisation de ce produit avec les types dantennes rpertoris ci-dessous, avec le gain maximal autoris indiqu, a t approuve par lISDE. Lutilisation de ce produit avec des types dantennes non inclus dans cette liste dont le gain est suprieur au gain maximal indiqu pour nimporte quel type rpertori est strictement interdite. Lutilisateur doit se tenir une distance minimale de 20 cm de la ou des antennes externes ( lexception de lextrmit des mains, des poignets et des pieds) lors du fonctionnement en mode sans fil. Liste dantennes Modle Fabricant Type AP-PAN-MMF C-Q-BL For Europe models

*1 La perte de cble attach en permanence l'antenne est incluse. Airgain Monopole 698 - 960 50 Plage de frquences

(MHz) 1710 - 2700 Gain*1

(dBi) Impdance

(Ohms) 1,4 4,1 SAR (Specific Absorption Rates) For body-worn operation, the highest SAR value for this product is 1.448 W/kg (for models with wireless WAN) and 1.161 W/kg (for models without wireless WAN only)*1.

*1 The tests are carried out in accordance with international guidelines for testing. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 65 Appendix Disposal of Old Equipment Only for European Union and countries with recycling systems This symbol on the products, packaging, and/or accompanying documents means that used electrical and electronic products must not be mixed with general household waste. For proper treatment, recovery and recycling of old products, please take them to applicable collection points in accordance with your national legislation. By disposing of them correctly, you will help to save valuable resources and prevent any potential negative effects on human health and the environment. For more information about collection and recycling, please contact your local authority. Penalties may be applicable for incorrect disposal of this waste, in accordance with national legislation. 66 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Typical unit specifications and certain options are described below. Appendix Specifications Unit configuration may vary. Main specifications CPU Memory Storage Display Touchscreen Wi-Fi

(for North America models) Wi-Fi

(for Europe models) Qualcomm SDM660 4 GB*1 64 GB*2 Internal LCD 10.1 in. HD (1920 x 1200 dots) 10-finger touch (capacitive) with:

Glove mode*3 Rain mode*4 Pen mode (Passive type) Standards supported IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n/ac/d/h/i/r/k/v (MIMO compatible) Wireless channels used IEEE 802.11a / IEEE 802.11n (5 GHz) / IEEE 802.11ac W52 (36, 40, 44, 48 ch) W53 (52, 56, 60, 64 ch) W56 (100, 104, 108, 112, 116, 120, 124, 128, 132, 136, 140, 144 ch) W58 (149, 153, 157, 161, 165 ch) IEEE 802.11b / IEEE 802.11g / IEEE 802.11n (2.4 GHz): 1 ch - 11 ch RF frequency band 2.4 GHz Band: 2.412 GHz - 2.462 GHz 5 GHz Band: 5.18 GHz - 5.32 GHz, 5.5 GHz - 5.72 GHz, 5.745 GHz - 5.825 GHz Standards supported IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n/ac/d/h/i/r/k/v (MIMO compatible) Wireless channels used IEEE 802.11a / IEEE 802.11n (5 GHz) / IEEE 802.11ac W52 (36, 40, 44, 48 ch) W53 (52, 56, 60, 64 ch) W56 (100, 104, 108, 112, 116, 120, 124, 128, 132, 136, 140 ch) IEEE 802.11b / IEEE 802.11g / IEEE 802.11n (2.4 GHz): 1 ch - 13 ch RF frequency band 2.4 GHz Band: 2.412 GHz - 2.472 GHz 5 GHz Band: 5.18 GHz - 5.32 GHz, 5.5 GHz - 5.7 GHz Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 67 Appendix Wi-Fi

(for AUS/NZ models) Bluetooth Camera GNSS Sensors NFC Card slots Interfaces AC adaptor Standards supported IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n/ac/d/h/i/r/k/v (MIMO compatible) Wireless channels used IEEE 802.11a / IEEE 802.11n (5 GHz) / IEEE 802.11ac W52 (36, 40, 44, 48 ch) W53 (52, 56, 60, 64 ch) W56 (100, 104, 108, 112, 116, 120, 124, 128, 132, 136, 140 ch) W58 (149, 153, 157, 161, 165 ch) IEEE 802.11b / IEEE 802.11g / IEEE 802.11n (2.4 GHz): 1 ch - 13 ch RF frequency band 2.4 GHz Band: 2.412 GHz - 2.472 GHz 5 GHz Band: 5.18 GHz - 5.32 GHz, 5.5 GHz - 5.7 GHz, 5.745 GHz - 5.825 GHZ Bluetooth v5.0 Class 1*5 Front 5 megapixels Video: 1920 x 1080 pixels Still: 2592 x 1944 pixels Rear 8 megapixels Video: 1920 x 1080 pixels Still: 3264 2448 pixels GPS/GLONASS/Galileo/Beidou/QZSS CEP50 (2 to 4 m) Ambient light sensor, Digital compass, Gyro sensor, Acceleration sensor, Proximity sensor ISO/IEC 14443 (Type A, Type B), FeliCa, ISO/IEC 15693 microSD card slot 1*6

(microSDXC compatible) USB Type-A (USB 2.0) port 1*7, USB Type-C (USB 3.0) port 1*7, Headset jack 1, Expansion bus connector (lower part of the unit) Power supply Battery Pack CF-AA6413A*8 Input 100 V to 240 V AC, 50 Hz/60 Hz Output 16 V DC, 4.06 A 68 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Battery Appendix

<Battery Pack (FZ-VZSUT10)>

Lithium-ion 3200 mAh (typ.) / 3100 mAh (min.) Rated Voltage 3.8 V Operating time (approx.)*9 9 hours (models without wireless WAN) 7.5 hours (models with wireless WAN) Charging time (approx.)*10 4 hours (when using the included AC adaptor) 4 hours (when using the optional cradle)

<Extended Life Battery Pack (FZ-VZSUT11)>

Lithium-ion 5580 mAh (typ.) / 5380 mAh (min.) Rated Voltage 3.7 V Operating time (approx.)*9 15.5 hours (models without wireless WAN) 13 hours (models with wireless WAN) Charging time (approx.)*10 6.5 hours (when using the included AC adaptor) 6.5 hours (when using the optional cradle) Dimensions

(W D H)*11

[without protrusions]

Weight*12 Approx. 272 mm 196 mm 16.4 mm

[10.7 in. x 7.72 in. x 0.65 in.]

(with FZ-VZSUT10, excluding the optional devices) Approx. 885 g (1.98 lb)

(with FZ-VZSUT10, excluding the optional devices) Approx. 895 g (1.96 lb)

(with FZ-VZSUT10 and stylus, excluding the optional devices) Operating environment*13 Storage environment Temperature

-20 C to 50 C (-4 F to 122 F) Humidity 30 % to 80 % RH Temperature

-30 C to 70 C (-22 F to 158 F) Humidity 30 % to 90 % RH Operating system*14 Android 9 IP65 Drip and dust resistance Wireless WAN*15 Mobile networking LTE with C.A., HSPA+, UMTS SIM card slot Nano SIM card slot 1

<For models with dual SIM card slots>

Nano SIM card slot 2 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 69 Appendix Optional devices Barcode reader 1D, 2D support USB Type-A (USB 2.0) port 1

*1

*2

*3

*5

*7

*8 Specifications are subject to change without notice. 1 GB = 1 073 741 824 bytes 1 GB = 1,000,000,000 bytes. The OS or some apps may display GB as a lower number. This mode may not operate properly depending on the type of glove.

*4 Only single-finger operation is enabled. Also, depending on the amount and condition of water droplets, the product may not operate properly or at all. Does not guarantee operation of all Bluetooth peripherals.

*6 Operation has been tested and confirmed using the following Panasonic brand memory cards: SD (up to 2 GB), SDHC (up to 32 GB), SDXC (up to 64 GB). Compatibility with other SD devices is not guaranteed. Does not guarantee operation of all USB-compatible peripherals. The AC adaptor is designed for use with power sources that supply up to 240 V AC. The AC cord supplied with the AC adaptor is designed for use with power sources that supply up to 125 V AC.

*9 Measurement results are based on Panasonic testing methods. Varies depending on the usage conditions, or when an optional device is attached.

*10 Varies depending on usage conditions.

*11 Actual size may vary by unit configuration.

*12 Actual weight may vary by unit configuration.

*13 Product or application booting can dependent upon the battery charge level. Do not expose the skin to this product when using the product in a hot or cold environment. When using the product in hot or cold environments, some peripherals may not perform properly. Confirm the recommended operation environment of the peripherals. Using the product continuously in hot environments will shorten the product life. Avoid continuous use in these types of environments. When using the product in cold environments, the product may take longer to start up and battery operation time may be reduced. Even when using the product within the temperature and humidity ranges listed here, using the product continuously in extreme environments will result in product deterioration and will shorten the life of the product.

*14 Product functionality cannot be guaranteed if the operating system is modified or replaced by the user or a third party.

*15 Only for models with wireless WAN For the latest information about optional products, refer to the product catalogs, etc. Accessories Product name AC Adaptor Battery Pack Cradle 5-Bay Battery Charger Protective Film Hand Strap Shoulder Strap Stylus Tether 70 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Model number CF-AA6413A FZ-VZSUT10 FZ-VZSUT11 FZ-VEBA21 FZ-VCBT131 FZ-VPFA31 FZ-VSTA31 CF-VNS331 CF-VNP025 CF-VNT002 Appendix WARRANTY for U.S.A Panasonic System Solutions Company of North America (PSSNA) Computer Products - Worldwide Warranties Section 1: Limited Warranty - Hardware PSSNA, referred to hereinafter as Panasonic, will repair the computer products listed below

(Product(s)) with new or rebuilt parts, free of charge in a Global Panasonic designated service location or Panasonic Authorized Service Center for the period specified below from the date of original purchase in the event of a defect in materials or workmanship. These warranties are extended solely to the original purchaser. A purchase receipt or other proof of date of original purchase will be required before warranty performance is rendered. Laptop PC (CF-##) 3 Years Tablet PC / Handheld (FZ-## / JT-##) 3 Years Ultra-Mobile (CF-U#/CF-H# Series) 3 Years PDRC - LCD & Keyboard Assembly 3 Years Original Battery Warranty Batteries supplied with the product are covered under the warranty for one (1) year from date of purchase. Batteries purchased separately are covered under the warranty for one (1) year from the date of purchase. A replacement battery furnished under the product warranty is covered for the remaining period of the one year warranty of the original or purchased battery. Optional: Extended Warranty Program (PC) If this coverage is purchased, the serial numbered Product is entitled to the same manufacturers warranty coverage on the Product with the exception of the battery. The cost of labor, parts, and shipping are included in the price of the Extended Warranty Program. Optional: Panasonic Protection Plus Warranty Any Product for which the Panasonic Protection Plus warranty has been purchased will receive additional coverage for any failure that occurs due to accidental damage. All other terms and conditions of the standard warranty apply and this additional coverage will exist for the duration of the standard warranty period of the Product. If an extended Protection Plus warranty program is purchased, coverage is extended to the end of the last year of extended coverage purchased. This warranty does not cover failures or defects that are caused by fire, intentional acts, loss, theft, improper maintenance, modification or service by anyone other than a Panasonic Authorized Service Provider, or damage that is attributable to acts of God. Cosmetic damage that does not affect functionality is not covered. Cosmetic damage on Products with hardware failures will be repaired in accordance with the warranty terms. This warranty is extended solely to the original purchaser on the Products serial number for which it was purchased. Complete Product replacement fulfills the full obligation and is at the discretion of Panasonic and is limited to once during the coverage term. Refer to the Panasonic website for full terms and conditions on the above programs. Additional exclusions apply please refer to limited warranty exclusions section below. Optional: Panasonic Ultimate Care Warranty Any Product for which the Panasonic Ultimate Care warranty program has been purchased will receive additional coverage as specified in that program, for any failure that occurs due to accidental damage. All other terms and conditions of the standard warranty will apply and this additional warranty coverage will exist for the duration of the standard warranty period of the applicable Product. If an extended warranty Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 71 Appendix is purchased for the Product together with the Ultimate Care warranty program coverage, the warranty term will be extended to the end of the last year of the purchased extended warranty coverage. The Ultimate Care warranty will cover any hardware failures occurring due to accidental damage of the Product with an exclusion only of customer intentional acts and damage caused by events beyond human control, for up to a maximum of 1 % of the total of Products deployed for a specific customer. This includes unlimited replacement of major sub-assemblies and components of the Product during the standard warranty term and any extended warranty term plan that has been purchased by the customer. This also includes cosmetic damages that may result from exposure of the internal components of the Product to the environmental conditions. Additional exclusions apply please refer to limited warranty exclusions section below. Wireless Module Warranty Panasonic approved wireless modems installed in Panasonic brand computers and integrated by Panasonic or an Authorized Panasonic Wireless Integrator are covered under the warranty for the remaining warranty period of the device in which the modem is installed. For devices with less than three

(3) months remaining on the unit warranty, the wireless modem will be covered for a period of three (3) months from the date of installation of the modem, covering only modem replacement or modem installation related issues. All modems must be approved by the wireless carrier prior to use. Any use or attempted use of a wireless modem not approved and activated by the carrier for use on their network is strictly prohibited and is not sanctioned or warranted by Panasonic and may result in legal action. In addition, all modems must be approved by Panasonic as compatible with the device hardware before installation or use. Panasonics sole responsibility for the warranty or technical support of the software required to install or operate the modem is defined in Section 2 (Limited Software Warranty). Any attempted software installation by anyone other than a Panasonic Authorized Wireless Integrator is not covered under warranty and may result in service charges. Installation or attempted installation by any party other than Panasonic or an Authorized Panasonic Wireless Integrator is strictly not covered under the warranty and may void the computer warranty if damage results. Options and Accessories Warranties The below listed Panasonic brand or supplied options and accessories are covered under this limited warranty for the period specified from the date of purchase or as specifically stated:

AC adaptor / Power Cord 3 Years Memory Expansion Card (Panasonic Brand) 3 Years Car Mount - Docking Station PCB or Vehicle Docking Station 3 Years Desktop Port Replicator, I-O Box, Docking Cradle (like CF-U1) 3 Years Antenna Pass-through Cable 3 Years Backlit or Full-sized keyboard 3 Years or assumes warranty of the unit in which it is installed Integrated Panasonic supplied options and kits including, but not limited to Wireless Modems, Media Bay Drives (Floppy, CD, DVD, Combo), Camera, GPS, Bluetooth, Smartcard Reader, Magnetic Card Reader, Barcode Scanner, and Fingerprint Reader 3 Years or assumes warranty period of the unit in which it is installed provided the integration was performed by Panasonic or an Authorized Integrator. Hard Drive / Solid State Drive (Internal) - 3 Years Separately purchased 2nd Hard Drive 1 Year External USB Drives (CD / DVD / Floppy / Hard Drive) 1 Year Optional Battery 1 Year Battery Charger / Multi-Bay Battery Charger 1 Year Stylus Pens, Digitizer & Standard 90 Days (physical damage excluded) 72 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Appendix Section 2: Limited Warranty - Software Panasonic warrants to you only that the disk(s) or other media on which the Programs are furnished will be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use for a period of sixty (60) days from the date of delivery thereof to you, as evidenced by your purchase receipt. This is the only warranty Panasonic makes to you. Panasonic does not warrant that the functions contained in the Programs will meet your requirements or that the operation of the Programs will be uninterrupted or error free. Panasonic shall have no obligation for any defects in the disk(s) or other media on which the Programs are furnished resulting from your storage thereof, or for defects that have been caused by operation of the disk(s) or other media. Panasonics entire liability and your exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be limited to the replacement, in the United States or other Panasonic designated location, of any defective disk or other media which is returned to Panasonics Authorized Service Center, together with a copy of the purchase receipt, within the aforesaid warranty period. Section 3: Limited Warranty Exclusions - Specifically excluded from the warranty are:

All consumable items; such as screen protection films, logo badges, labels, cleaning cloths, carry cases, manuals, cables, straps, belts, holsters, tethers, and harnesses and any other options and accessories not listed above or covered under a separate warranty The Warranty excludes 3 or less faulty pixels on the LCD screen Failures related to the product operating system, hard drive or solid state drive image, software setup, software program, virus, other program(s) or file(s) on any drive or in any computer memory location Failures due to BIOS settings or changes, as well as any cosmetic or physical damage to the unit Any unit or device with a missing or altered model number or serial number label Cosmetic damage or any damage which occurs in shipment Failures which are caused by products not supplied by Panasonic Failures which result from alteration, accident, misuse, introduction of liquid or other foreign matter into the unit, abuse, neglect, installation, maladjustment of consumer controls, improper maintenance or modification, use not in accordance with product use instructions Failures due to service by anyone other than a Panasonic Authorized Service Provider Failures caused by improper installation of options or accessories or due to integration by any company other than Panasonic or a Panasonic Authorized Service Center Damage, failure, or loss due to the unit being stolen, lost, misplaced, or used by anyone other than the original purchaser Damage that is attributable to acts of God

* Protection Plus and Ultimate Care warranty programs provide protection against accidental damage. Neither program is intended to provide product refurbishment due to normal wear and tear through normal use.

* Customers who have twenty (20) or more units requiring service are required to contact Panasonic at 800-527-8675 and request Field Engineering assistance to coordinate higher volume repairs. This limited warranty only covers failures due to defects in materials or workmanship which occur during normal use. If a unit is sent to a Panasonic Authorized Service Center and no hardware failure is found, the customer will be billed for labor to correct a software issue or reimage the applicable Hard Disk, or Solid State Drive plus shipping and applicable administrative fees at the current rates set by the service provider. THIS PRODUCT IS NOT INTENDED FOR USE AS OR PART OF NUCLEAR EQUIPMENT/SYSTEMS, AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL EQUIPMENT/SYSTEMS, OR AIRCRAFT COCKPIT EQUIPMENT/

SYSTEMS*1. PANASONIC WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY LIABILITY RESULTING FROM THE USE OF THIS PRODUCT ARISING OUT OF THE FOREGOING USES.

*1 AIRCRAFT COCKPIT EQUIPMENT/SYSTEMS include class 2 Electronic Flight Bag (EFB) Systems and Class 1 EFB Systems when used during critical phases of flight (e.g., during take-off and landing) and/or mounted onto the aircraft. Class 1 EFB Systems and 2 EFB Systems are defined by FAA: AC (Advisory Circular) 120-76A or JAA: JAA TGL (Temporary Guidance Leaflets) No. 36. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 73 Appendix Other Limits and Exclusions: There are no other express warranties except as listed above. PANASONIC SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR LOSS OF DATA OR OTHER INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM THE USE OF THIS PRODUCT, OR ARISING OUT OF ANY BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY. ALL EXPRESS AND IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE LIMITED TO THE APPLICABLE WARRANTY PERIOD SET FORTH ABOVE. Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, or limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. This limited warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. For technical support or to arrange for service on your Panasonic computer product, call our toll-free hotline at 1-800-LAPTOP5 [option 1] (800-527-8675). 74 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Appendix WARRANTY for Canada For Canada PANASONIC COMPUTER AND PERIPHERALS LIMITED WARRANTY Coverage Panasonic Canada Inc. (PCI) warrants to you, the first end user customer, this computer product (excluding software media), when purchased from PCI or from a PCI authorized reseller, to be free from defects in materials and workmanship under normal use, subject to the terms set forth below, during the period of warranty coverage specified. Scope of Coverage Period of Coverage Type of Failure Coverage Defective Materials or Workmanship Three (3) Years from Date of Original End User Customer Purchase Laptop Computers (except Battery) and AC Adaptor Factory/PCI installed options including Wireless WAN, GPS, Bluetooth, Finger print reader, Backlit keyboard, Memory Card, Optical Drives, Cameras, Smart card Readers, Magnetic Card Readers and Barcode Scanners Ultra-Mobile PC Tablet PC PDRC LCD and Keyboard Assemblies Port Replicator Cradle Charging Cup Battery Battery charger AC Adaptor and Power Cord Car Adaptor and Power Cord External USB Drives Standard or Digitizer Stylus Pen All consumable items including protection film, cleaning cloth, carry case, tether and harness One (1) Year from Date of Original End User Customer Purchase Defective Materials or Workmanship Defective Materials or Workmanship Ninety (90) Days from Date of Original End User Customer Purchase No Coverage Remedy In the event of a warranty claim, contact PCIs representatives within the applicable warranty period, identifying the nature of the defect claimed, at 1-800-668-8386 between 9:00 A.M. and 5:00 P.M., Eastern Time Zone, Mon. Fri. (excluding holidays) for instructions on how to obtain service. A purchase receipt or other proof of date of original purchase is required before warranty service is performed. Defective parts covered by this Limited Warranty will be repaired or replaced with new or comparable rebuilt parts on an exchange basis. Warranty replacement or repair is subject to the terms of this Limited Warranty for the balance of the original period of warranty coverage. No Coverage This Limited Warranty does not cover products purchased outside Canada. Neither does it cover damage to, failure of, or defects in a product or accessory through mishandling, improper installation, abnormal use, misuse, neglect, accident, introduction of liquid or other foreign matter into the product, alteration or servicing by anyone not authorized by PCI, or act of God. THIS PRODUCT IS NOT INTENDED FOR USE AS, OR AS PART OF, NUCLEAR EQUIPMENT/

SYSTEMS, AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL EQUIPMENT/SYSTEMS, OR AIRCRAFT COCKPIT EQUIPMENT/

Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 75 Appendix SYSTEMS*1. PANASONIC WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY LIABILITY RESULTING FROM THE USE OF THIS PRODUCT ARISING OUT OF THE FOREGOING USES.

*1 AIRCRAFT COCKPIT EQUIPMENT/SYSTEMS include Class2 Electrical Flight Bag (EFB) Systems and Class1 EFB Systems when used during critical phases of flight (e.g., during take-off and landing) and/or mounted on to the aircraft. Class1 EFB Systems and 2 EFB Systems are defined by FAA: AC (Advisory Circular) 120-76A or JAA: JAA TGL (Temporary Guidance Leaflets) No.36 IF YOU SHIP THE PRODUCT FOR WARRANTY SERVICE Carefully pack the product, preferably in the original carton. Include details of defect claimed and proof of date of original purchase. No liability is assumed for loss or damage to the product while in transit, if you chose your own transportation carrier. SOFTWARE MEDIA LIMITED WARRANTY Coverage PCI warrants to you, the first end user customer, that the disk(s) or other media on which software program(s) is/are supplied will be free from defects in materials and workmanship under normal use in Canada for a period of sixty (60) days from date of receipt as evidenced by your purchase receipt for your Panasonic Computer product. THIS IS THE ONLY WARRANTY THAT PCI MAKES RESPECTING THE SOFTWARE MEDIA. PCI does not warrant the software. Please refer to the software licensors written warranty (accompanying the copy of the software) for any software warranty claim. Claim Procedure In the event of a defect in material or workmanship in the media during the sixty (60) day warranty period, and you return it, transportation costs prepaid, to Panasonic Canada Inc., Computer Products Marketing, 5770 Ambler Drive, Mississauga, Ontario L4W 2T3, within the warranty period, together with a copy of your purchase receipt, and an explanation of the suspected defect, PCI will replace in Canada the defective disk(s) or other media. Remedy PCIs entire liability, and your only remedy for any breach of this software media warranty is limited to replacement of the media only. It does not cover any other damages, including, but not limited to, loss of use or profit loss, or special, indirect or consequential damages, or other claims, whether or not of similar character. No Coverage This limited warranty does not apply if the disk(s) or other media has been used in other than a Panasonic product, or in environmental conditions other than those specified by PCI or the manufacturer, or if subjected to misuse, neglect, mishandling, modification or attempted modification of the program, or if damaged by accident or act of God. PCI is not responsible for damage to or loss of any program, data or removable storage media. GENERAL NO OTHER WARRANTIES PCI DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, WITH RESPECT TO THE SOFTWARE, SOFTWARE MEDIA, COMPUTER PRODUCT, OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES. NO LIABILITY FOR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN NO EVENT SHALL PCI BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY BREACH OF THE LIMITED WARRANTIES SET OUT IN THIS DOCUMENT, OR FROM THE USE OF THE COMPUTER PRODUCT, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOSS OF DATA, BUSINESS, PROFIT OR GOODWILL. IN ANY EVENT, PCIS MAXIMUM LIABILITY FOR ANY BREACH SHALL NOT EXCEED THE AMOUNT ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR THE COMPUTER PRODUCT. NO ACTION, REGARDLESS OF ITS BASIS, MAY BE BEGUN AGAINST PCI MORE THAN TWO (2) YEARS AFTER THE CAUSE OF ACTION AROSE. Statutory Warranties Some jurisdictions do not allow these limitations or exclusions, so they may not apply to you. 76 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Appendix Pour le Canada GARANTIE LIMITE ORDINATEURS ET PRIPHRIQUES PANASONIC Couverture Panasonic Canada Inc. ( PCI ) garantit lacheteur original que ce produit informatique

( lexclusion des supports des logiciels) est, au moment de sa vente par PCI ou dun revendeur agr par PCI, exempt de dfauts de pices et de fabrication dans les conditions normales dutilisation, et ce, pendant la priode de couverture de la garantie, sous rserve des modalits dcrites ci-dessous. lments couverts Dure de couverture Type de couverture Trois (3) ans partir de la date dachat original. Dfauts de pices et de fabrication Ordinateurs blocs-notes (sauf batteries) et adaptateur secteur Options installes en usine/par PCI incluant :

WAN sans fil, GPS, Bluetooth, lecteur dempreintes digitales, clavier rtroclair, carte mmoire, lecteurs optiques, camras, lecteurs de carte puce, lecteurs de carte magntique et scanners de code-barres Ordinateurs personnels ultra-portables Ordinateurs tablettes Ensembles PDRC ACL et clavier Duplicateur de port Station daccueil Coque de charge Batterie Chargeur de batterie Adaptateur secteur et cordon dalimentation Adaptateur automobile et cordon dalimentation Priphriques USB Stylo pointeur standard ou pour numriseur graphique Tous les articles consommables incluant les pellicules protectrices, chiffons de nettoyage, tuis de transport, longes et sangles Un (1) an partir de la date dachat original. Dfauts de pices et de fabrication Quatre-vingt-dix (90) jours partir de la date dachat original. Aucune couverture Dfauts de pices et de fabrication Recours Pour obtenir des informations sur la marche suivre dans le cas o une rclamation en vertu de la garantie deviendrait ncessaire, communiquez par tlphone avec un reprsentant de PCI au 1-800-668-8386, entre 9h00 et 17h00 (heure de lEst) du lundi au vendredi (sauf les jours fris), avant lchance de la garantie applicable, en prenant soin didentifier la nature de la dfaillance. Un reu ou toute autre pice justificative de la date dachat original sera exig avant toute rparation. Toute pice dfectueuse couverte par la prsente garantie limite sera rpare ou remplace par une pice neuve ou remise neuf. Le remplacement ou la rparation sera fait conformment aux modalits de la prsente garantie limite pendant la dure restante de la priode originale de la garantie. Produits non couverts La prsente garantie limite ne couvre pas les produits achets lextrieur du Canada. Elle ne couvre pas non plus les dommages, la dfaillance ou les dfauts attribuables une manutention inadquate, une mauvaise installation, une utilisation anormale ou abusive, de la ngligence, un accident, un dversement ou la pntration dun objet tranger, une modification, un cas fortuit ou une rparation effectue par une personne non agre par PCI. CE PRODUIT NEST PAS DESTIN TRE UTILIS, EN TOUT OU EN PARTIE, COMME SYSTME/

QUIPEMENT NUCLAIRE, SYSTME/QUIPEMENT DE CONTRLE DU TRAFFIC ARIEN OU SYSTME/QUIPEMENT DE POSTE DE PILOTAGE DAVION*1. PANASONIC DCLINE TOUTE Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 77 Appendix RESPONSABILIT CONCERNANT LUTILISATION DE CE PRODUIT DANS LES CAS SUSMENTIONNS.

*1 Les SYSTMES/QUIPEMENTS DE POSTE DE PILOTAGE DAVION sont dots de systmes OEPP (organiseur lectronique de poste de pilotage) de classe 2 et de classe 1 utiliss pendant des phases critiques de vol (par exemple, pendant le dcollage et latterrissage) et(ou) monts sur lavion. Les systmes OEPP de classe 1 et de classe 2 sont dfinis par le circulaire dinformation FAA : AC (Advisory Circular) 120-76A ou le feuillet JAA : JAA TGL (Temporary Guidance Leaflets) No 36. EXPDITION DU PRODUIT POUR SERVICE SOUS GARANTIE Emballez soigneusement le produit, de prfrence dans son emballage dorigine. Joignez une description de la dfaillance de mme quune pice justificative de la date dachat. Panasonic Canada Inc. ne peut tre tenue responsable pour tout dommage ou perte subi pendant le transport si vous avez choisi le transporteur. GARANTIE LIMITE SUPPORTS DES LOGICIELS Couverture Panasonic Canada Inc. ( PCI ) garantit lacheteur original que le ou les disques ou tout autre support sur lequel le ou les programmes sont fournis sont exempts de dfauts de pices et de fabrication dans des conditions normales dutilisation au Canada, et ce, pour une priode de soixante (60) jours suivant la date de rception indique sur la preuve dachat. LA PRSENTE GARANTIE EST LA SEULE OFFERTE PAR PCI COUVRANT LES SUPPORTS DE LOGICIELS. PCI ne garantit pas les logiciels. Reportez-vous la garantie crite du concdant de licence dutilisation du logiciel (qui accompagne la copie du logiciel) pour toute rclamation en vertu de la garantie. Rclamation marche suivre Panasonic Canada Inc. remplacera tout disque ou support dfectueux si larticle en question est retourn, port pay, son service de Marketing produits informatiques, 5770 Ambler Drive, Mississauga (Ontario) L4W 2T3, dans les soixante (60) jours suivant la date dachat original. Joignez votre envoi une pice justificative de votre achat et une description du problme. Recours La responsabilit de PCI - et votre seul recours - dans le cas de toute dfaillance couverte par la garantie sur ce support de logiciel est limite au seul remplacement du support. Elle ne couvre aucun autre dommage, y compris, mais non exclusivement, la perte dusage ou de profits, ni aucun dommage spcial, indirect ou conscutif, ni aucune autre rclamation de nature similaire ou autre. Produits non couverts La prsente garantie limite ne sapplique pas si le ou les disques ou autre support ont t utiliss dans un produit dune marque autre que Panasonic ou dans des conditions environnementales autres que celles spcifies par PCI ou le fabricant, ou soumis une mauvaise utilisation, la ngligence, une manutention inadquate ou encore si le programme a t modifi ou subi une tentative de modification ou des dommages attribuables un accident ou un cas fortuit. De plus, PCI nassume aucune responsabilit pour toute perte de, ou tout dommage , un programme, des donnes ou un support de sauvegarde amovible. GNRALITS PCI NE RECONNAT AUCUNE AUTRE GARANTIE, EXPLICITE OU IMPLICITE, Y COMPRIS, MAIS NON EXCLUSIVEMENT, LES GARANTIES IMPLICITES DE VALEUR COMMERCIALE ET DUTILIT UNE FIN QUELCONQUE, LGARD DU LOGICIEL, SUPPORTS DE LOGICIELS, PRODUITS INFORMATIQUES, PRIPHRIQUES ET ACCESSOIRES. SOUS AUCUNE CIRCONSTANCE PCI NE POURRA TRE TENUE RESPONSABLE DES DOMMAGES SPCIAUX, INDIRECTS OU CONSCUTIFS ATTRIBUABLES UN MANQUEMENT AUX GARANTIES LIMITES DCRITES DANS LE PRSENT DOCUMENT OU LUTILISATION DU PRODUIT INFORMATIQUE, Y COMPRIS, SANS RESTRICTION, LA PERTE DE DONNES, DAFFAIRES, DACHALANDAGE OU DE PROFIT. DANS TOUS LES CAS, LA RESPONSABILIT MAXIMALE DE PCI POUR TOUT MANQUEMENT NE POURRA EXCDER LE PRIX DE VENTE DU PRODUIT INFORMATIQUE. AUCUNE RCLAMATION, SANS GARD SES MOTIFS, NE POURRA TRE FAITE AUPRS DE PCI PLUS DE DEUX (2) ANS APRS LES FAITS INVOQUS LA BASE DUNE TELLE RCLAMATION. Garantie statutaires Certaines juridictions interdisent de telles limitations ou exclusions ; aussi, pourraient-elles ne pas sappliquer. 78 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Appendix WARRANTY for Europe Panasonic System Communications Company Europe (referred to as "Panasonic") will repair this product

(other than software, which is treated in a different section of this warranty) with new or refurbished parts, from the date of original purchase in the event of a defect in materials or workmanship. This warranty only applies to new Panasonic Toughbooks or Toughpads purchased in the EEA and Switzerland and Turkey. Panasonic (or its authorised Service Provider) target to repair your equipment within 48 hours from its receipt in our service centre. Additional charges may apply for shipment to countries outside of the European Union. Panasonic will use all reasonable endeavours to ensure this service. This warranty only covers failures due to defects in materials or workmanship which occur during normal use for the applicable Service Agreement Period listed below. In the event that any product (or part thereof) is replaced, Panasonic shall transfer ownership of the replacement product (or part) to the customer and the customer shall transfer ownership of the replaced product (or part) to Panasonic. Service Agreement Period - from original date of purchase Toughbooks (and every accessory included in the original packaging except the battery) - 3 years Toughpads (and every accessory included in the original packaging except the battery) - 3 years Additional peripherals manufactured by Panasonic (AC Adaptor and Power Cord, Car Adaptor and Power Cord, Cradle, Battery Charger) - 1 year Batteries - 6 months. Panasonic Warranty covers the battery for six months. A battery is considered good if it maintains 50 % of its charge capacity during the warranty period. If a battery is returned under this contract and testing determines that it has charge capacity greater than 50 %, the battery will be returned with an invoice for the retail purchase price of a new battery. This warranty is extended solely to the original purchaser. A purchase receipt or other proof of date of original purchase will be required before warranty performance is rendered. Limits and Exclusions:

This warranty does not cover and shall be void for:

Broken or cracked LCD screen. Defective pixel in notebook displays and LCD screens within 0.002 %

Damage that is attributable to fire, theft or acts of God. Damage caused by environmental influences (electrical storms, magnetic fields etc.). Damage which has not been caused during normal operation Repair of damage that is cosmetic only or does not affect product functionality such as wear and tear, scratches and dents. Failures caused by products not supplied by Panasonic. Failures resulting from alteration, accidental damage, casualty, misuse, abuse or neglect. Introduction of liquid or other foreign matter into the unit. Improper installation, operation or maintenance. Improper connections with peripherals. Maladjustment of consumer controls such as function settings. Modification or service by anyone other than Panasonic or its approved Service Providers. Products used as short term rental or leased equipment. Products whose serial number has been removed making the unit warranty condition impossible to clearly determine. THIS PRODUCT IS NOT INTENDED FOR USE AS, OR AS PART OF, NUCLEAR EQUIPMENT/SYSTEMS, AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL EQUIPMENT/SYSTEMS, OR AIRCRAFT COCKPIT EQUIPMENT/SYSTEMS. PANASONIC WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY LIABILITY RESULTING FROM THE USE OF THIS PRODUCT ARISING OUT OF THE FOREGOING USES. There are no other express warranties except as listed above. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 79 Appendix We strongly recommend that customers backup their data before sending back their unit to an Authorised Service Provider. Panasonic shall not be liable for loss of data or other incidental or consequential damages resulting from the use of this product, or arising out of any breach of this warranty. All express and implied warranties, including the warranties of satisfactory quality and fitness for a particular purpose are limited to the applicable warranty period set forth above. Panasonic shall not be liable for any indirect, special or consequential loss or damage (including without limitation any loss of profits) arising from the use of this product or for any breach of this warranty. This limited warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may have other rights that vary from country to country. You must consult the applicable country laws for a full determination of your rights. This limited warranty is in addition to, and does not affect any rights arising out of any contract of sale or by statute. Panasonic System Communications Company Europe Data Storage Media Data Storage Media is the media on which the Operating System, drivers and programs originally installed by Panasonic on the main unit are stored. This media is originally provided with the unit. Panasonic warrants to you only that the disc(s) or other media on which the Programs are furnished will be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use for a period of sixty (60) days from the date of delivery thereof to you, as evidenced by your purchase receipt. This is the only warranty Panasonic makes to you. Panasonic does not warrant that the functions contained in the Programs will meet your requirements or that the operation of the Programs will be uninterrupted or error free. Panasonic's entire liability and your exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be limited to the replacement of any defective disk or other media which is returned to Panasonic's authorized Service Centre, together with a copy of the purchase receipt, within the aforesaid warranty period. Panasonic shall have no obligation for any defects in the disk(s) or other media on which the Programs are furnished resulting from your storage thereof, or for defects that have been caused by operation of the disk(s) or other media otherwise than on the Product or in the environment conditions other than those specified by Panasonic by alteration, accident, misuse, abuse, neglect, mishandling, misapplication, installation, maladjustment of consumer controls, improper maintenance, modification or damage that is attributable to acts of God. In addition, Panasonic shall have no obligation for any defects in the disk(s) or other media if you have modified, or attempted to modify any Program. Duration of implied warranties, if any is limited to sixty (60) days. Pre-installed software Pre-installed software means the software shipped pre-loaded by Panasonic, not that loaded by any third party or selling agent. Panasonic and its suppliers makes no warranty, either express, implied or statutory, with respect to software provided with the Product and licensed to Purchaser, its quality, performance, merchantability, or fitness for a particular purpose. Panasonic does not warrant that the functions contained in the software will be uninterrupted or error free. Panasonic assumes no risk of and shall not in any case be liable for any damages, including, without limitation, any special, incidental, consequential, or punitive damages arising from breach of warranty or contract, negligence or any other legal theory, including, without limitation loss of goodwill, profits or revenue, loss of use of the Programs or Products or any associated equipment, cost of capital, cost of any substitute equipment, facilities, or services, downtime costs, or claims of any party dealing with such damages. Some countries do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, or limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. This limited warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights that vary from country to country. You must consult applicable country laws for a full determination of your rights. Contacts 80 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Appendix Address Panasonic System Communications Company Europe Panasonic Manufacturing U.K. Ltd. Service Centre Building B4, Wharfedale Road, Pentwyn Industrial Estate, Cardiff, United Kingdom CF23 7XB Web page http://www.toughbook.eu/

Panasonic Helpdesk France:

German:

Austria:

Swiss (German):

Swiss (French):

Italy:

Spain:

UK:

e-mail:

+33(0) 805636449

+49(0) 8007235211

+43(0) 800006493

+41(0) 800002429

+41(0) 800588017

+39 800986915

+34(0) 901101157

+44(0) 8000884324 toughbooksupport@eu.panasonic.com Czech speaking service 0800 143234 (in country only) Hungarian speaking service 06800 163 67 (in country only) Polish speaking service 00800 4911558 (in country only) Romanian speaking service 0800 894 743 (in country only) Slovakian speaking service 00800 42672627 (in country only) toughbooksupport@csg.de e-mail:

Payments toughbookservicepayments.cardiff@eu.panasonic.com Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 81 Panasonic Mobile Communications Co., Ltd. 600 Saedo-cho, Tsuzuki-ku, Yokohama-city, Kanagawa 224-8539, Japan DHQP1053YA/J1 C0420-1070

Operating Instructions Smart Handheld EB-3901 Tablet Computer Model No. FZ-A3 series English Franais Operating Instructions - Read Me First................................2 Refer to the Reference Manual by downloading from the URL below Instructions dutilisation - Lisez-moi..................................17 Reportez-vous au Manuel de rfrence en le tlchargeant partir de lURL ci-dessous. URL:- https://pc-dl.panasonic.co.jp/itn/manual/menu_en.html Printed in Japan DHQX1669YA/J1 C1219-1020 Thank you for purchasing a Panasonic product. Before operating this product, please read these instructions and precautions, and save them for future use. Battery Safety Precautions (English) To reduce the risk of injury, loss of life, electric shock, fire, malfunction, and damage to equipment or property, always observe the following safety precautions. Explanation of symbol word panels Explanation of symbol word panels The following symbol word panels are used to classify and describe the level of hazard, injury, and property damage caused when the denotation is disregarded and improper use is performed. DANGER Denotes potential hazards that will result in serious injury or death. WARNING Denotes potential hazards that could result in serious injury or death. CAUTION Denotes potential hazards that could result in minor injury. The following symbols are used to classify and describe the type of instructions to be observed. This symbol is used to alert users to specific operating procedures that must not be performed. This symbol is used to alert users to specific operating procedures that must be followed in order to operate the product safely. This symbol is used to alert users to specific operating procedures for which special attention is required. 2 DANGER The battery is for use solely with this product. Do not use it with any other products. Electrolyte leakage, overheating, smoke, rupture, or fire may result. Charge the battery using the specified method. Failure to do so may result in electrolyte leakage, overheating, smoke, rupture, or a fire. Do not throw the battery into a fire or expose it to excessive heat. Electrolyte leakage, overheating, smoke, rupture, or fire may result. Do not disassemble, modify, insert sharp foreign objects into the battery, or subject it to impact. Electrolyte leakage, overheating, smoke, rupture, or fire may result. Do not short the positive (+) and negative () contacts. Do not carry the battery around or store it together with necklaces, hairpins, etc. Electrolyte leakage, overheating, smoke, rupture, or fire may result. Keep the battery away from extreme heat, such as fire and direct sunlight. Failure to do so may result in electrolyte leakage, overheating, smoke, rupture, or a fire. Do not expose the battery to water or other liquids. Electrolyte leakage, overheating, smoke, rupture, or fire may result. Do not throw the battery or subject it to strong impact such as dropping or applying high pressure. Electrolyte leakage, overheating, smoke, rupture, or fire may result. Stop using the product if the battery is subjected to strong impact or if the battery is noticeably damaged or deformed. If the battery deteriorates, replace it with a new one. Failure to do so may result in electrolyte leakage, overheating, smoke, rupture, or a fire. WARNING Do not directly touch electrolyte that has leaked from the battery. Electrolyte may enter the eyes and cause blindness, or may come into contact with skin or clothing and cause rashes. Flush with clean water without rubbing and seek medical advice. Do not place the battery in microwave ovens or pressurized containers. Sudden application of heat or pressure may damage the battery, resulting in electrolyte leakage, overheating, smoke, rupture, or a fire. If the battery smells or leaks electrolyte, keep the battery away from fire. Failure to do so may result in electrolyte leakage, overheating, smoke, rupture, or a fire. This product and AC adaptor WARNING When using the product for extended periods, do not expose your skin to this product or AC adaptor for a prolonged period. Generated heat can cause low-temperature burns. Do not disassemble, repair, or modify the product. Doing so may cause a short circuit or overheating, which may result in a fire or electric shock. Do not insert foreign objects into the product. Doing so may cause a short circuit or overheating, which may result in a fire or electric shock. Do not allow conductive materials such as metal objects to touch the expansion bus connector. This may cause a short circuit and overheating, which may result in battery electrolyte leakage, overheating, smoke, rupture, or a fire. Do not expose the AC adaptor or AC cord to water or other liquids. Doing so may cause a short circuit, generation of heat, or overheating, which may result in a fire, electric shocks, or injury. If the product gets wet, immediately unplug the AC plug, and then contact your technical support representative. Do not touch the product, AC adaptor, or AC cord during lightning storms if the product is connected to an AC adaptor. Electric shock may result. Safety Precautions (English) 3 Do not turn the volume up too loud when using headphones, etc. Listening at high volumes for extended periods may result in loss of hearing. Also, the surrounding sounds will become difficult to hear when the volume is too high, which can cause accidents. Turn down the volume before connecting headphones, etc. to prevent sudden loud sounds. Keep small parts, including SD cards and SIM cards, out of the reach of infants and small children. Accidental swallowing of small objects can have physically harmful effects. In such a case, seek medical advice immediately. Do not operate the product while walking, driving, riding a bicycle, etc. Being distracted while engaging in these kinds of activities can cause accidents or falls. Use only specified batteries. Use of unspecified batteries may result in electrolyte leakage, overheating, smoke, rupture, or a fire. Immediately stop using the product if any of the following occurs. Product is damaged Water or foreign objects enter the product Product emits smoke Product emits unusual smell or sound Product becomes unusually hot Continuing use may result in a fire or electric shock. Immediately turn the product off, disconnect it from the power supply, remove the battery, and then contact your technical support representative. 4 Close the DC input jack cover, USB port cover and headset jack cover when using the product near water or other liquids, and in areas with a high concentration of moisture, steam, dust, oily vapors, etc. Foreign material that enters the product may cause fire or electric shock. If foreign material enters the product, turn the product off, disconnect it from the power supply, and then remove the battery. Contact your technical support representative for support or repair. Stop using the product immediately and consult your doctor if you feel any discomfort when staring at flashing lights on the screen. A very small percentage of individuals may experience seizures or blackouts when exposed to certain light patterns or flashing lights for extended periods.

<For models with a barcode reader>

Do not look directly at the laser beam or point the barcode reader at another person's eyes. This may damage the eyes. Do not do anything that may damage the AC cord, AC plug, or the AC adaptor. Do not damage or modify the cord, place it near hot tools, bend, twist, or pull it forcefully, place heavy objects on it, or bundle it tightly. Continuing to use a damaged cord, plug, or AC adaptor may result in a fire or electric shock. Contact your technical support representative if any malfunction occurs. Clean dust and other debris on the AC plug regularly. If dust or other debris accumulates on the plug, humidity, etc. may cause a defect in the insulation, which may result in a fire. Pull the plug, and wipe it with a dry cloth. Pull the plug if the product is not being used for a long period of time. Insert the AC plug completely. If the plug is not inserted completely, fire due to overheating or electric shock may result. Do not use a damaged plug or loose AC outlet. Do not pull or insert the AC plug if your hands are wet. Electric shock may result. Do not connect the AC adaptor to a power source other than a standard household AC outlet. Otherwise, a fire due to overheating may result. Connecting to a DC/AC converter (inverter) may damage the AC adaptor. On an airplane, only connect the AC adaptor/charger to an AC outlet specifically approved for such use. Do not use the product near electronic devices that are used for high-precision control or weak signals. RF signals generated by the product may interfere with such electronic devices and result in an accident due to malfunction. Examples of electronic devices to be aware of:

Hearing aids, implantable cardiac pacemakers and implantable cardioverter defibrillators, other medical devices, fire alarms, automatic doors, and other automatic control devices. For those who use implantable cardiac pacemakers, implantable cardioverter defibrillators, or other medical devices, confirm the effects of RF signals with the relevant medical device manufacturer or distributor. CAUTION Do not leave the product in areas with a high concentration of moisture, steam, dust, oily vapors, etc. for extended periods. This may result in a fire or electric shock. Do not use the AC adaptor in areas with a high concentration of moisture, steam, dust, oily vapors, etc. This may result in a fire or electric shock. Do not move the product while the AC plug is connected. The AC cord may be damaged, resulting in a fire or electric shock. If the AC cord is damaged, unplug the AC plug immediately, and then contact your technical support representative. Do not subject the AC adaptor to any strong impact. Using the AC adaptor after a strong impact such as being dropped may result in a fire or electric shock. Contact your technical support representative if any malfunction occurs. Make sure not to charge the product when it is wet. This may result in a fire or electric shock. Do not leave the product in extremely high temperature environments for an extended period. Leaving the product where it will be exposed to extremely high temperatures, such as near fire or in direct sunlight, may deform the product or cause damage or malfunction to its internal components. Using the product in these conditions may cause short circuit, insulation defects, etc., which may in turn cause a fire or electric shock. Safety Precautions (English) 5 If the display is damaged, be careful of broken glass, internal components, or leaked substances that may become exposed. Failure to do so can cause injury. Also, if substances from internal components come into contact with your skin or clothes, they can cause injury to your eyes and skin. Immediately wash the affected area with clean water without rubbing, and seek medical advice. Take a 1015 minute break every hour when using the product. Using the product continuously for extended periods may cause strain injuries and may have detrimental health effects on your eyes, hands, or other parts of your body. Do not expose the skin to the product when using the product in hot or cold environments. Burns, low-temperature burns, or frostbite may result. If direct contact with the skin is necessary, perform the operation as quickly as possible. Do not place the product on an unstable surface. The product may drop, resulting in an injury. Do not stack the product. If balance is lost, the product may fall over or drop, resulting in an injury. Do not look directly at the light emitter of the photo light or barcode reader (for models with a barcode reader), or point it at another person's eyes. This may damage the eyes or cause temporary loss of eyesight which could result in an accident. Do not expose the camera lens to direct sunlight for extended periods. This may result in a fire, burns, or injury due to the converging effect of the lens. Use the specified items (supplied items or specified accessories). Use of items other than those specified may result in a fire or electric shock. When cleaning the product or if you will not use it for a long period of time, unplug the AC plug for your safety. Failure to do so may result in a fire or electric shock. Hold the plug when unplugging the AC cord. Pulling on the cord may damage the cord, resulting in a fire or electric shock. 6 Regulatory Information (English) Additional safety precautions Additional safety precautions This product and your health This product and your health This product, like other radio devices, emits radio frequency electromagnetic energy. Because this product operates within the guidelines found in radio frequency safety standards and recommendations, we believe this product is safe for use by consumers. These standards and recommendations reflect the consensus of the scientific community and result from deliberations of panels and committees of scientists who continually review and interpret the extensive research literature. In some situations or environments, the use of this product may be restricted by the proprietor of the building or responsible representatives of the organization. These situations may for example include:

Using this product on board of airplanes, or In any other environment where the risk of interference to other devices or services is perceived or identified as harmful. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies on the use of wireless devices in a specific organization or environment (e.g. airports), you are encouraged to ask for authorization to use this product prior to turning on the product. Information to the user Information to the user We are not responsible for any radio or television interference caused by unauthorized modification of this product. The correction of interference caused by such unauthorized modification will be the responsibility of the user. We and our authorized resellers or distributors are not liable for damage or violation of government regulations that may arise from failing to comply with these guidelines. Posted facilities Turn off the product when in hospitals, health care facilities, or any facility where posted notices require you to do so. Hospitals and health care facilities may be using equipment that could be sensitive to external RF energy. Pacemakers Medical device manufacturers recommend a minimum separation of 15 cm between a wireless device and an implanted medical device, such as a pacemaker or implanted cardioverter defibrillator, to avoid potential interference with the medical device. Persons with pacemakers:

Should ALWAYS keep this product more than 15 cm from their pacemaker when this product is turned ON;

Should not carry this product in a breast pocket;

Should turn off the product immediately if there is any reason to suspect that interference is taking place. Hearing aids Some digital wireless products may interfere with some hearing aids. In the event of such interference, consult the manufacturer of your hearing aid to discuss alternatives. Other medical devices If you use any other personal medical device, consult the manufacturer of your device to determine if it is adequately shielded from external RF energy. Your physician may be able to assist you in obtaining this information. Aircraft Turn off the product after boarding an aircraft, when instructed by flight staff. Obey instructions from flight staff regarding the use of the product in flight. Using this product in an aircraft may be Regulatory Information (English) 7 hazardous to the aircrafts operation and disrupt wireless communication, and may also be illegal. Potentially explosive atmosphere Turn off the product in areas where a potentially explosive atmosphere exists and obey all signs and instructions. Sparks in such areas could cause an explosion or fire resulting in injury or even death. Areas with potentially explosive atmosphere may include fueling areas, chemical plants, below deck on boats, fuel or chemical transfer or storage facilities, vehicles using petroleum or natural gas, or areas where the atmosphere contains particles such as grain, dust, or metallic powders, and any other area where you would normally be advised to turn off your vehicle engine. Electronic devices This product receives and transmits radio frequency signals while switched on. Most electronic equipment is shielded from RF signals. However, certain electronic equipment may not be shielded against the RF signals from this product. Therefore, the use must be restricted in certain situations to avoid interference. RF signals may affect improperly installed or inadequately shielded electronic systems in motor vehicles. Consult the manufacturer (or its representative) of the vehicle and any equipment that has been added to the vehicle regarding the use of mobile products. Use hands-free operation, if available and legally permitted. Emergency communications Never rely solely on a mobile product for essential or emergency communications. Network connections can be affected by remaining battery level, radio signals, service networks, and other conditions, and as a result, emergency communications cannot be guaranteed in all conditions. Antenna Do not replace the antenna. Unauthorized antennas, modifications, or attachments could damage the product and may violate regulations. Do not touch or cover the antenna area while the product is on. Call quality, power levels, and the overall performance of the product may be affected. Driving Give full attention to driving. Driving safely is your first Volume Do not turn the volume up too loud when using headphones and responsibility. Pull off the road and park before placing or answering a call. It is Exposure to excessive sound pressure levels for extended periods unsafe to operate the product while driving. may cause hearing damage. Check the laws and regulations in the areas where you drive, and Being unable to hear sounds in your environment may lead to earphones. accidents. always obey them. Only qualified personnel should install the product in a vehicle. Check regularly that the product is securely mounted in your vehicle and operating properly. Do not place or install the product in the area over the air bag or in the air bag deployment area. If the air bag inflates, serious injury and/or damage could result. 8 Labeling and device location Barcode reader Laser device caution (for models with a barcode reader) Laser device caution (for models with a barcode reader) CAUTION!

THIS PRODUCT UTILIZES A LASER. USE OF CONTROLS, ADJUSTMENTS OR PERFORMANCE OF PROCEDURES OTHER THAN THOSE SPECIFIED HEREIN MAY RESULT IN HAZARDOUS RADIATION EXPOSURE. DO NOT OPEN COVERS AND DO NOT REPAIR YOURSELF. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL. This product is using lasers that comply with IEC 60825-1:2014 and FDA performance standards for laser products except for conformance with IEC 60825-1 Ed. 3., as described in Laser Notice No. 56, dated May 8, 2019. This product utilizes a Class 2 laser. Class 2 laser readers use a low power, visible diode. As with any very bright light source, such as the sun, the user should avoid staring directly into the light beam. Momentary exposure to a Class 2 laser is not known to be harmful. Caution: Procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure. Laser radiation information Wavelength: 65510 nm Pulse duration: approx. 10 msec Repetition rate: approx. 1000/18 Hz Maximum power: 1 mW max Aiming pattern angle: 48.0 horizontal, 38.0 vertical Regulatory Information (English) 9 Intended use Intended use General information General information CAUTION Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions. Explanation of graphical symbols on nameplate

: Alternating current

: Direct current

: DC OUT CAUTION The light from the LED is strong and can injure human eyes. Do not look directly at the LEDs with naked eyes. Possibly hazardous optical radiation emitted from this camera LED light. Do not stare at operating camera in less than 330 mm distance. Otherwise may be harmful to the eyes. Recycle information A lithium ion battery that is recyclable powers the product you have purchased. Please call 1-800-8-BATTERY for information on how to recycle this battery. This product is not intended for use as, or as part of, nuclear equipment/systems, air traffic control equipment/systems, aircraft cockpit equipment/systems*1, medical devices or accessories*2, life-support systems or other equipment/devices/systems that are involved with ensuring human life or safety. Panasonic will not be responsible for any liability resulting from the use of this product arising out of the foregoing uses.

*1 Aircraft cockpit equipment/systems include Class 2 Electrical Flight Bag (EFB) Systems and Class 1 EFB Systems when used during critical phases of flight (e.g., during take-off and landing) and/or mounted on to the aircraft. Class 1 EFB Systems and 2 EFB Systems are defined by FAA: AC

(Advisory Circular) 120-76A or JAA: JAA TGL (Temporary Guidance Leaflets) No.36.

*2 As defined by the European Medical Device Directive (MDD) 93/42/EEC. Panasonic cannot guarantee any specifications, technologies, reliability, safety (e.g., Flammability/Smoke/Toxicity/Radio Frequency Emission, etc.) requirements related to aviation standards and medical equipment standards that differ from the specifications of our COTS (Commercial-Off-The-Shelf) products. This product is not intended for use in medical equipment including life-support systems, air traffic control systems, or other equipment, devices or systems that are involved with ensuring human life or safety. Panasonic cannot be held responsible in any way for any damages or loss resulting from the use of this unit in these types of equipment, devices or systems, etc. This product has been designed so as to minimize shock to the LCD, the leakage of liquid (e.g., water) on to the buttons, etc., but no warranty is provided against such trouble. Therefore, as a precision instrument, be extremely careful in the handling of the product. 10 ENERGY STAR For USA For USA

<Only for model with the above logo on the computer>

As an ENERGY STAR Partner, Panasonic Corporation has determined that this product meets ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency. By enabling available power management settings, Panasonic computers enter a low-power sleep mode after a period of inactivity, saving the user energy.

<For U.S.A.>

To learn more about power management, please visit the web site:

www.energystar.gov Outline of the International ENERGY STAR Office Equipment Program The international ENERGY STAR Office Equipment Program is an international program that promotes energy saving through the use of computers and other office equipment. The program backs the development and dissemination of products with functions that effectively reduce energy consumption. It is an open system in which business proprietors can participate voluntarily. The targeted products are office equipment such as computers, displays, printers, facsimiles, and copiers. Their standards and logos are uniform among participating nations.

<For U.S.A.>

For information about ENERGY STAR, refer to the following web site:

Web Site: www.energystar.gov

<Only for model without the above logo on the computer>

This model is not certified to the ENERGY STAR FCC Part 15 information This product has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This product generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this product does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the product off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures. Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the product and receiver. Connect the product to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. FCC caution To assure continued FCC emission limit compliance, use only shielded interface cables when connecting to computer or peripheral devices. Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate this equipment. This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and 2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Regulatory Information (English) 11 Wi-Fi use High power radars are allocated as primary users of the 5.25 to 5.35 GHz and 5.65 to 5.85 GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage this product. Do not use in the vicinity of these high power radar systems. Responsible party Panasonic Corporation of North America Two Riverfront Plaza, Newark, NJ 07102, USA Support contact:

http://business.panasonic.com/support-computerstablets Disposal USA Only: Disposal may be regulated in your community due to environmental considerations. For disposal or recycling information, please visit Panasonic website:

https://www.panasonic.com/us/corporate/sustainability/eco.html or call 1-888-769-0149. TTY information For hearing or speech impaired TTY users, call 1-877-833-8855 using a TTY device. FCC RF exposure information This product meets the governments requirements for exposure to radio waves. This product is a radio transmitter and receiver. This product is designed and manufactured not to exceed the emission limits for exposure to radio frequency (RF) energy set by the Federal Communications Commission of the U.S. Government. The guidelines are based on standards that were developed by independent scientific organization through periodic and thorough evaluation of scientific studies. The standards include a substantial safety margin designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health. The exposure standard for wireless handsets employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit set by the FCC is 1.6 W/kg. The highest SAR value for this product can be found under Reference Manual of https://pc-dl.panasonic.co.jp/itn/manual/menu_en.html This product has been tested and meets RF exposure guidelines when used with a Panasonic accessory designated for this product or when positioned a minimum of 0 mm from the body without any metal parts in the vicinity of the product. Use of other accessories may not ensure compliance with the RF exposure guidelines. The FCC has granted an Equipment Authorization for this product with all reported SAR levels evaluated as in compliance with the FCC RF emission guidelines. SAR information on this product is on file with the FCC and can be found by searching for the products FCC ID number at http://www.fcc.gov/oet/ea/fccid. To find the FCC ID number for your product, first remove the battery pack. The FCC ID number is printed on the nameplate underneath. 12 or when positioned a minimum of 0 mm from the body without any metal parts in the vicinity of the product. Use of other accessories may not ensure compliance with the RF exposure guidelines. For Canada For Canada Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada (ISED) This device complies with ISEDs licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) this device may not cause interference, and

(2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Wi-Fi use This product (local network devices) for the band 5150- 5250 MHz is only indoor usage to reduce potential for harmful interference to cochannel Mobile Satellite systems. High power radars are allocated as primary users (meaning they have priority) of 5250-5350 MHz and 5650-5850 MHz and these radars could cause interference and/or damage to LE-LAN (licence-exempt local area network) devices. RF exposure information This product complies with ISEDs radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This product is a radio transmitter and receiver. It is designed and manufactured not to exceed the emission limits for exposure to radiofrequency (RF) energy set by ISED. The guidelines are based on standards that were developed by independent scientific organizations through periodic and thorough evaluation of scientific studies. The standards include a substantial safety margin designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health. The exposure standard for wireless handsets employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit set by ISED is 1.6 W/kg. The highest SAR value for this product can be found under Reference Manual of https://pc-dl.panasonic.co.jp/itn/manual/menu_en.html This product has been tested and meets RF exposure guidelines when used with a Panasonic accessory designated for this product Regulatory Information (English) 13 Trademark and License Information

(English) Trademarks The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Panasonic Corporation is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. microSDXC Logo is a trademark of SD-3C, LLC. The N-Mark is a trademark or registered trademark of NFC Forum, Inc. in the United States and in other countries. Android and Google are trademarks of Google LLC. Wi-Fi, the Wi-Fi logo, the Wi-Fi CERTIFIED logo and Wi-Fi CERTIFIED are trademarks or registered trademarks of Wi-Fi Alliance. All other trademarks identified herein are the property of their respective owners. 14 License information This product is licensed under the MPEG-4 Visual patent portfolio license for the personal and non-commercial use of a consumer for

(i) encoding video in compliance with the MPEG-4 Visual Standard

(MPEG-4 Video) and/or

(ii) decoding MPEG-4 Video that was encoded by a consumer engaged in a personal and non-commercial activity and/or was obtained from a video provider licensed by MPEG LA to provide MPEG-4 Video. No license is granted or shall be implied for any other use. Additional information including that relating to promotional, internal and commercial uses and licensing may be obtained from MPEG LA, LLC. See http://www.mpegla.com. This product is licensed under the AVC patent portfolio license for the personal use of a consumer or other uses in which it does not receive remuneration to

(i) encode video in compliance with the AVC Standard (AVC Video) and/or

(ii) decode AVC Video that was encoded by a consumer engaged in a personal activity and/or was obtained from a video provider licensed to provide AVC Video. No license is granted or shall be implied for any other use. Additional information may be obtained from MPEG LA, LLC. See http://www.mpegla.com. This product contains software licensed in compliance with GNU General Public License Version 2.0 (GPL v2.0), GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL) or any other license. The program is free software; you can copy it, redistribute it, and modify it under the terms of the GPL v2.0, LGPL or any other license. At least three (3) years from delivery of products, Panasonic Mobile Communications Co., Ltd. will give to any third party who contacts us at the contact information provided below, for a charge no more than our cost of physically performing source code distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code covered under GPL v2.0 and LGPL or any other license. Contact Information oss-cd-request@gg.jp.panasonic.com Source code is also freely available to the public via the web site listed below. https://panasonic.net/cns/oss/index.html Please note that we cannot respond to any inquiries regarding the source code. For more details on the relevant software (including license information of GPL v2.0 and LGPL), refer to the information displayed on the following screen: swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [About tablet] [Legal information]. This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit.

(http://www.openssl.org/source/license.html) This product includes the Independent JPEG Group's software. This software is based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG Group. Portions of this software are copyright 2017 The FreeType Project

(www.freetype.org). All rights reserved. This software is based in part on the work of FreeType Project. This product includes the following software; ICU 1.8.1 and later Copyright (c) 1995-2011 International Business Machines Corporation and others. This product includes other free software or open source software. For more details on the relevant software (including license information), refer to the information displayed on the following screen: swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap

[Settings] [About tablet] [Legal information]. Trademark and License Information (English) 15 Accessories (English) For the latest information about optional products, refer to the product catalogs, etc. 5-Bay Battery Charger FZ-VCBT131 Product name AC Adaptor Battery Pack Cradle Protective Film Hand Strap Shoulder Strap Stylus Tether Model number CF-AA6413A FZ-VZSUT10U FZ-VZSUT11U FZ-VEBA21 FZ-VPFA31 FZ-VSTA31 CF-VNS331 CF-VNP025 CF-VNT002 16 Nous vous remercions davoir achet un produit Panasonic. Avant dutiliser ce produit, veuillez lire les prsentes instructions et prcautions et les conserver pour usage ultrieur. Prcautions de scurit (Franais) Pour rduire le risque de blessure, de dcs, de dcharge lectrique, dincendie, de dysfonctionnement et de dommages au niveau de lquipement et des biens, respectez toujours les consignes de scurit suivantes. Explication des symboles Explication des symboles Les symboles suivants sont utiliss pour classer et dcrire le niveau de danger, de blessures et de dommages matriels causs si les consignes indiques ne sont pas respectes et si le produit est utilis de manire incorrecte. DANGER AVERTISSEMENT ATTENTION Indique un danger potentiel qui provoquera des blessures graves, voire la mort. Indique un danger potentiel qui pourrait provoquer des blessures graves, voire la mort. Indique un danger potentiel qui pourrait provoquer des blessures mineures. Les symboles suivants sont utiliss pour classer et dcrire le type dinstructions suivre. Ce symbole est utilis pour attirer lattention des utilisateurs sur des procdures spcifiques qui ne doivent pas tre effectues. Ce symbole est utilis pour attirer lattention des utilisateurs sur des procdures spcifiques qui doivent tre effectues pour utiliser le produit en toute scurit. Ce symbole est utilis pour attirer lattention des utilisateurs sur des procdures spcifiques qui ncessitent une attention particulire. Batterie DANGER La batterie est exclusivement destine au prsent produit. Ne lutilisez pas avec dautres produits. Cela peut entraner une fuite dlectrolyte, une surchauffe, de la fume, une rupture ou un incendie. Chargez la batterie de la manire indique. Le non-respect de cette consigne peut entraner une fuite dlectrolyte, une surchauffe, de la fume, une rupture ou un incendie. Ne jetez pas la batterie dans un feu et ne lexposez pas une chaleur excessive. Cela peut entraner une fuite dlectrolyte, une surchauffe, de la fume, une rupture ou un incendie. Vous ne devez pas dmonter, modifier, insrer des corps trangers pointus dans la batterie ou la soumettre des chocs. Cela peut entraner une fuite dlectrolyte, une surchauffe, de la fume, une rupture ou un incendie. Prcautions de scurit (Franais) 17 Ne court-circuitez pas les bornes positive (+) et ngative (). Ne transportez pas et ne stockez pas la batterie avec des colliers, des pingles cheveux, etc. Cela peut entraner une fuite dlectrolyte, une surchauffe, de la fume, une rupture ou un incendie. Gardez la batterie lcart des chaleurs extrmes, telles quun incendie ou la lumire directe du soleil. Le non-respect de cette consigne peut entraner une fuite dlectrolyte, une surchauffe, de la fume, une rupture ou un incendie. Nexposez pas la batterie leau ou dautres liquides. Cela peut entraner une fuite dlectrolyte, une surchauffe, de la fume, une rupture ou un incendie. Ne jetez pas la batterie et ne la soumettez pas des impacts violents en la faisant tomber ou en exerant une forte pression, par exemple. Cela peut entraner une fuite dlectrolyte, une surchauffe, de la fume, une rupture ou un incendie. Cessez dutiliser le produit si la batterie est soumise un impact violent ou si la batterie est endommage ou dforme de manire notable. En cas de dtrioration de la batterie, remplacez-la par une neuve. Le non-respect de cette consigne peut entraner une fuite dlectrolyte, une surchauffe, de la fume, une rupture ou un incendie. AVERTISSEMENT Ne touchez pas directement llectrolyte qui fuit de la batterie. Llectrolyte peut pntrer dans les yeux et entraner la ccit ou peut entrer en contact avec la peau ou les vtements et entraner des rougeurs. Rincez leau claire sans frotter et consultez un mdecin. Ne placez pas la batterie dans des fours microondes ou des contenants sous pression. Lapplication soudaine de chaleur ou de pression peut endommager la batterie, ce qui peut entraner une fuite dlectrolyte, une surchauffe, de la fume, une rupture ou un incendie. En cas dodeur ou de fuite dlectrolyte de la batterie, gardez la batterie lcart des flammes. Le non-respect de cette consigne peut entraner une fuite dlectrolyte, une surchauffe, de la fume, une rupture ou un incendie. 18 Ce produit et adaptateur secteur AVERTISSEMENT Lors de lutilisation du produit pendant des priodes de temps prolonges, nexposez pas trop longtemps votre peau au produit ou ladaptateur secteur. La chaleur gnre peut causer des brlures basse temprature. Vous ne devez pas dmonter, rparer ou modifier le produit. Cela peut causer un court-circuit ou une surchauffe, qui peut entraner un incendie ou une dcharge lectrique. Ninsrez pas de corps trangers dans le produit. Cela peut causer un court-circuit ou une surchauffe, qui peut entraner un incendie ou une dcharge lectrique. Ne laissez pas des matriaux conducteurs tels que des objets en mtal entrer en contact avec le connecteur du bus dextension. Cela peut causer un court-circuit et une surchauffe, qui peuvent entraner une fuite dlectrolyte de la batterie, une surchauffe, de la fume, une rupture ou un incendie. Nexposez pas ladaptateur secteur ou le cordon secteur leau ou dautres liquides. Cela pourrait entraner un court-circuit, gnrer de la chaleur ou une surchauffe, qui pourrait occasionner un incendie, des dcharges lectriques ou des blessures. Si le produit est mouill, dbranchez immdiatement la fiche secteur, puis contactez le reprsentant de lassistance technique. Ne touchez pas au produit, ladaptateur secteur ou au cordon secteur en cas dorage si le produit est connect un adaptateur secteur. Cela peut entraner une dcharge lectrique. Ne rglez pas le volume trop fort lors de lutilisation du casque, etc. Lcoute volume lev pendant des priodes de temps prolonges peut entraner une perte daudition. Les bruits ambiants peuvent galement tre difficiles entendre lorsque le volume est trop lev, ce qui peut entraner des accidents. Rduisez le volume avant de brancher un casque, etc. de manire viter les sons forts soudains. Gardez les petites pices, cartes SD et SIM incluses, hors de porte des enfants. Lingestion accidentelle de petits objets peut avoir des consquences physiques dangereuses. Le cas chant, consultez immdiatement un mdecin. Nutilisez pas le produit en marchant, en conduisant, sur un vlo, etc. La distraction gnre par ces activits peut entraner des accidents ou des chutes. Utilisez uniquement les batteries indiques. Lutilisation de batteries non indiques peut entraner une fuite dlectrolyte, une surchauffe, de la fume, une rupture ou un incendie. Prcautions de scurit (Franais) 19 Cessez immdiatement dutiliser le produit si lun des vnements suivants se produit. Le produit est endommag. De leau ou des corps trangers ont pntr dans le Le produit met de la fume. Le produit met des bruits inhabituels ou une odeur produit. inhabituelle. Le produit devient excessivement chaud. Si vous continuez utiliser le produit, cela peut entraner un incendie ou une dcharge lectrique. teignez immdiatement le produit, dbranchez-le de la prise lectrique, retirez la batterie, puis contactez le reprsentant de lassistance technique. Fermez le cache de la prise dentre c.c., le cache du port USB et le cache de la prise pour casque lors de lutilisation du produit proximit de leau ou dautres liquides et dans des lieux avec une forte concentration en humidit, en vapeur deau, en poussire, en vapeur huileuse, etc. La prsence de corps trangers dans le produit peut entraner un incendie ou une dcharge lectrique. Si des corps trangers pntrent dans le produit, teignez le produit, dbranchez-le de la prise lectrique, puis retirez la batterie. Contactez le reprsentant de lassistance technique pour obtenir de laide ou procder des rparations. Cessez immdiatement dutiliser le produit et consulter un mdecin si vous ressentez une gne lorsque vous fixez des lumires clignotantes lcran. Un trs faible pourcentage dindividus peuvent tre sujets des crises ou des voiles noirs lorsquils sont exposs certains motifs lumineux ou certaines lumires clignotantes pendant des priodes de temps prolonges. 20

<Pour les modles avec un lecteur de codes barres>

Ne fixez pas directement le faisceau laser et norientez pas le lecteur de codes barres en direction des yeux dune autre personne. Cela peut entraner des lsions oculaires. Ne faites rien qui puisse endommager le cordon secteur, la fiche secteur ou ladaptateur secteur. Vous ne devez pas endommager ou modifier le cordon, le placer proximit doutils chauds, le plier, le tordre ou le tirer avec force, placer des objets lourds dessus ou le serrer trop fort. Si vous continuez utiliser un cordon, une fiche ou un adaptateur secteur endommag, cela peut entraner un incendie ou une dcharge lectrique. Contactez le reprsentant de lassistance technique en cas de dysfonctionnements. Nettoyez rgulirement la poussire et autres dbris prsents sur la fiche secteur. Si de la poussire ou dautres dbris saccumulent sur la fiche, lhumidit, etc. peut entraner un dfaut disolation, ce qui peut provoquer un incendie. Dbranchez la fiche et nettoyez-la avec un chiffon sec. Dbranchez la fiche si le produit nest pas utilis pendant une priode de temps prolonge. Insrez compltement la fiche secteur. Si la fiche nest pas compltement insre, cela peut entraner un incendie caus par la surchauffe ou une dcharge lectrique. Nutilisez pas une fiche endommage ou une prise secteur desserre. Vous ne devez pas tirer ou insrer la fiche secteur avec les mains mouilles. Cela peut entraner une dcharge lectrique. Ne connectez pas ladaptateur secteur une source dalimentation autre quune prise secteur domestique standard. Le non-respect de cette consigne peut entraner un incendie caus par la chaleur. La connexion dun convertisseur c.c./c.a. (onduleur) peut endommager ladaptateur secteur. En avion, connectez uniquement le chargeur/ladaptateur secteur une prise secteur spcialement conue pour cet usage. Nutilisez pas le produit proximit dappareils lectroniques utiliss pour le contrle de haute prcision ou de faibles signaux. Les signaux RF gnrs par le produit peuvent interfrer avec ces appareils lectroniques et entraner un accident suite un dysfonctionnement. Parmi les appareils lectroniques auxquels vous devez faire attention :

aides auditives, stimulateurs cardiaques et dfibrillateurs implantables, autres quipements mdicaux, alarmes incendie, portes automatiques et autres quipements de contrle automatiques. Les utilisateurs de stimulateurs cardiaques et dfibrillateurs implantables ou dautres quipements mdicaux doivent vrifier les effets des signaux RF auprs du fabricant ou du distributeur des quipements mdicaux concerns. ATTENTION Ne laissez pas le produit dans des lieux avec une forte concentration en humidit, en vapeur deau, en poussire, en vapeur huileuse, etc. pendant des priodes de temps prolonges. Cela peut entraner un incendie ou une dcharge lectrique. Nutilisez pas ladaptateur secteur dans des lieux avec une forte concentration en humidit, en vapeur deau, en poussire, en vapeur huileuse, etc. Cela peut entraner un incendie ou une dcharge lectrique. Ne dplacez pas le produit lorsque la fiche secteur est branche. Le cordon secteur peut tre endommag, ce qui peut entraner un incendie ou une dcharge lectrique. Si le cordon secteur est endommag, dbranchez immdiatement la fiche secteur, puis contactez le reprsentant de lassistance technique. Ne soumettez pas ladaptateur secteur de forts impacts. Lutilisation dun adaptateur secteur soumis un fort impact

(une chute, par exemple) peut entraner un incendie ou une dcharge lectrique. Contactez le reprsentant de lassistance technique en cas de dysfonctionnements. Veillez ne pas charger le produit sil est humide. Cela peut entraner un incendie ou une dcharge lectrique. Prcautions de scurit (Franais) 21 Ne laissez pas le produit dans des environnements trs hautes tempratures pendant des priodes de temps prolonges. Lexposition du produit des tempratures extrmement leves ( proximit dun feu ou la lumire directe du soleil, par exemple) put dformer le produit ou entraner des dommages ou des dysfonctionnements au niveau de ses composants internes. Lutilisation du produit dans de telles conditions peut entraner un court-circuit, des dfauts disolation, etc., qui peuvent leur tour causer un incendie ou une dcharge lectrique. Nexposez pas la peau au produit lors de lutilisation du produit dans un environnement chaud ou froid. Cela peut entraner des brlures, des brlures faible temprature ou des gelures. Si un contact direct avec la peau est ncessaire, procdez lopration aussi rapidement que possible. Ne placez pas le produit sur une surface instable. Le produit peut tomber et causer des blessures. Nempilez pas le produit. En cas de perte dquilibre, le produit peut basculer ou tomber et entraner des blessures. Ne regardez pas directement lmetteur lumineux du flash ou du lecteur de codes barres (pour les modles avec un lecteur de codes barres) et ne lorientez pas vers les yeux dune autre personne. Cela peut endommager les yeux ou entraner une perte temporaire de la vue, susceptible de causer un accident. Nexposez pas lobjectif de la camra la lumire directe du soleil pendant des priodes de temps prolonges. Le non-respect de cette consigne peut entraner un incendie, des brlures ou des blessures en raison de leffet de convergence de lobjectif. 22 Utilisez les lments indiqus (lments fournis ou accessoires indiqus). Lutilisation dlments autres que les lments indiqus peut entraner un incendie ou une dcharge lectrique. Pour votre scurit, dbranchez la fiche secteur lors du nettoyage du produit ou si vous ne comptez pas utiliser le produit pendant une priode de temps prolonge. Le non-respect de cette consigne peut entraner un incendie ou une dcharge lectrique. Saisissez la fiche lorsque vous dbranchez le cordon secteur. Si vous tirez sur le cordon, vous risquez de lendommager, ce qui peut entraner un incendie ou une dcharge lectrique. Si lcran est endommag, faites attention au verre cass, aux composants internes qui peuvent tre exposs et aux fuites de substances. Le non-respect de cette consigne peut entraner des blessures. De mme, si les substances de composants internes entrent en contact avec votre peau ou vos vtements, elles peuvent occasionner des blessures au niveau de vos yeux et de votre peau. Rincez immdiatement la zone affecte leau claire, sans frotter, et consultez un mdecin. Faites une pause de 10 15 minutes toutes les heures lors de lutilisation du produit. Lutilisation continue du produit pendant des priodes de temps prolonges peut entraner des microtraumatismes ou avoir des effets ngatifs sur vos yeux, vos mains ou dautres parties de votre corps. Informations rglementaires (Franais) violations de rglementations gouvernementales qui peuvent survenir dans le cadre du non-respect des prsentes directives. Ce produit et votre sant Ce produit et votre sant Ce produit met, comme dautres appareils radio, de lnergie lectromagntique radiofrquence. Ce produit fonctionne selon les directives des normes et recommandations de scurit en matire de radiofrquences, nous pensons donc quil peut tre utilis en toute scurit par les consommateurs. Ces normes et recommandations sont le reflet du consensus de la communaut scientifique et rsultent de dlibrations de panels et de commissions de scientifiques qui consultent et interprtent en permanence les nombreux documents de recherche. Dans certaines situations ou dans certains environnements, lutilisation du produit peut tre limite par le propritaire des lieux ou par les reprsentants responsables de lentreprise. Ces situations peuvent inclure :

lutilisation du produit en avion ou dans tout autre environnement o le risque dinterfrences au niveau dautres appareils ou services est peru ou identifi comme tant dangereux. Si vous ntes pas sr de la politique qui sapplique lutilisation dappareils sans fil dans une entreprise ou un environnement spcifique (aroports, par exemple), nous vous prions de bien vouloir demander lautorisation avant dallumer le produit. Avis aux utilisateurs Avis aux utilisateurs Nous ne pouvons tre tenus responsables des interfrences au niveau de la radio ou de la tlvision causes par des modifications non autorises du produit. La correction des interfrences causes par de telles modifications non autorises relve de la responsabilit de lutilisateur. Nous et nos revendeurs et distributeurs agrs ne pouvons tre tenus responsables pour les dommages ou les Consignes de scurit complmentaires Consignes de scurit complmentaires Lieux avec affichage teignez le produit dans les hpitaux, les tablissements de soins et tous les lieux o des affiches vous invitent le faire. Il est possible que les hpitaux et les tablissements de soins utilisent des quipements sensibles lnergie RF externe. Stimulateurs cardiaques (pacemakers) Les fabricants dappareils mdicaux recommandent une distance dau moins 15 cm entre un priphrique sans fil et un appareil mdical implant, tel quun stimulateur cardiaque ou un dfibrillateur cardioverteur implant, afin dviter les ventuelles interfrences avec lappareil mdical. Personnes quipes dun stimulateur cardiaque :

Elles doivent TOUJOURS garder le produit plus de 15 cm de leur stimulateur cardiaque lorsque le produit est allum. Elles ne doivent pas transporter le produit dans une poche poitrine. Elles doivent teindre immdiatement le produit si elles ont des raisons de suspecter la prsence dinterfrences. Aides auditives Certains produits sans fil numriques peuvent provoquer des interfrences au niveau de certaines aides auditives. Vous devez alors contacter le fabricant de votre aide auditive pour voquer les alternatives possibles. Autres appareils mdicaux Si vous utilisez dautres appareils mdicaux personnels, contactez le fabricant de lappareil pour dterminer sil est correctement protg contre lnergie RF. Votre mdecin peut vous aider obtenir ces informations. Informations rglementaires (Franais) 23 Avion teignez le produit dans les avions, lorsque le personnel de bord vous invite le faire. Respectez les consignes du personnel de bord concernant lutilisation du produit bord de lavion. Lutilisation du produit dans un avion peut prsenter un danger pour le fonctionnement de lavion, interrompre la communication sans fil et savrer illgale. Atmosphre potentiellement explosive teignez le produit dans les lieux o latmosphre est potentiellement explosive et respectez lensemble des panneaux et des consignes. La prsence dtincelles dans de tels lieux peut entraner une explosion ou un incendie, ce qui peut causer des blessures, voire la mort. Les lieux o latmosphre est potentiellement explosive peuvent inclure les stations-service, les usines chimiques, le pont infrieur des bateaux, les installations de stockage ou de transfert de carburant ou de produits chimiques, les vhicules qui fonctionnent au ptrole ou au gaz naturel ou les lieux o latmosphre contient des particules comme du grain, de la poussire ou des poudres mtalliques et tout autre lieu o il vous est normalement conseill de couper le moteur de votre vhicule. Appareils lectroniques Ce produit reoit et met des signaux radiofrquence lorsquil est allum. La plupart des quipements lectroniques sont protgs contre les signaux RF. Il est cependant possible que certains quipements lectroniques ne soient pas protgs contre les signaux RF de ce produit. Dans certains cas, lutilisation doit donc tre limite pour viter les interfrences. Conduite Faites attention la route lorsque vous conduisez. Conduire en toute scurit est votre premire responsabilit. 24 Garez-vous avant de passer ou de rpondre un appel. Lutilisation du produit alors que vous conduisez prsente un danger. Consultez et respectez toujours les lois et rglementations des zones o vous conduisez. Le produit doit uniquement tre install dans un vhicule par du personnel qualifi. Vrifiez rgulirement que le produit est bien fix dans votre vhicule et quil fonctionne correctement. Vous ne devez pas placer ou installer le produit sur un coussin gonflable ou dans la zone de dploiement dun coussin gonflable. Si le coussin gonflable se dclenche, cela peut entraner des blessures graves et/ou des dommages. Les systmes lectroniques de vhicules motoriss installs de manire incorrecte ou protgs de manire inadapte peuvent tre affects par les signaux RF. Contactez le fabricant du vhicule ou des quipements ajouts au vhicule (ou son reprsentant) au sujet de lutilisation de produits mobiles. Utilisez le mode mains libres, sil est disponible et si la loi lautorise. Communications durgence Ne vous appuyez jamais sur un produit mobile uniquement pour les communications essentielles ou durgence. Les connexions rseau peuvent tre affectes par le niveau de la batterie, les signaux radio, les rseaux de services et dautres facteurs. Les communications durgence ne peuvent donc pas tre garanties dans tous les cas. Antenne Ne remplacez pas lantenne. Les antennes, les modifications ou les accessoires non autoriss peuvent endommager le produit. Vous ne devez pas toucher ou recouvrir la zone de lantenne lorsque le produit est allum. La qualit des appels, les niveaux de puissance et les performances globales du produit peuvent tre affects. tiquetage et emplacement de lappareil Lecteur de codes barres Volume Ne rglez pas le volume trop fort lors de lutilisation du casque et des couteurs. Lexposition des niveaux de pression acoustique excessifs pendant des priodes de temps prolonges peut entraner des dommages auditifs. Lincapacit entendre les bruits ambiants peut entraner des accidents. Mise en garde concernant les appareils laser (pour les modles avec un lecteur de codes barres) Mise en garde concernant les appareils laser

(pour les modles avec un lecteur de codes barres) ATTENTION !

CE PRODUIT UTILISE UN LASER. LUTILISATION DE COMMANDES OU DE RGLAGES OU LEXCUTION DE PROCDURES AUTRES QUE CEUX INDIQUS ICI PEUT ENTRANER LEXPOSITION DES RADIATIONS DANGEREUSES. NOUVREZ PAS LES CACHES ET NE PROCDEZ PAS AUX RPARATIONS VOUS-MME. CONFIEZ LENTRETIEN DU PERSONNEL QUALIFI. Ce produit utilise des lasers conformes aux rglementations CEI 60825-1:2014. Ce produit utilise un laser de classe 2. Les lecteurs laser de classe 2 utilisent une diode visible de faible puissance. Comme avec toute source de lumire trs vive, telle que le soleil, lutilisateur doit viter de regarder directement le faisceau lumineux. Lexposition momentane un laser de classe 2 nest pas connue comme tant dangereuse. Attention : les procdures autres que celles indiques ici peuvent entraner lexposition des radiations dangereuses. Informations sur les rayonnements laser Longueur donde : 65510 nm Dure dimpulsion : environ 10 ms Frquence de rptition : environ 1000/18 Hz Puissance max. : 1 mW max Angle de vise : 48,0 horizontal, 38,0 vertical Informations rglementaires (Franais) 25 Usage prvu Usage prvu Ce produit nest pas conu pour tre utilis en tant que ou dans le cadre dquipements/systmes nuclaires, dquipements/

systmes de contrle du trafic arien, dquipements/systmes utiliss dans les cockpits davions*1, dappareils ou accessoires mdicaux*2, de moyens dentretien artificiel de la vie ou dautres quipements/appareils/systmes utiliss pour maintenir la vie humaine ou pour assurer la scurit. La socit Panasonic ne peut tre tenue responsable en cas dutilisation du produit non conforme lusage prvu.

*1 Les SYSTMES/QUIPEMENTS DE POSTE DE PILOTAGE DAVION sont dots de systmes OEPP (organiseur lectronique de poste de pilotage) de classe 2 et de classe 1 utiliss pendant des phases critiques de vol (par exemple, pendant le dcollage et latterrissage) et(ou) monts sur lavion. Les systmes OEPP de classe 1 et de classe 2 sont dfinis par le circulaire dinformation FAA : AC (Advisory Circular) 120-76A ou le feuillet JAA : JAA TGL (Temporary Guidance Leaflets) No 36.

*2 Comme indiqu dans la directive europenne portant sur les dispositifs mdicaux 93/42/CEE. Panasonic ne peut garantir les exigences en matire de spcifications, de technologies, de fiabilit, de scurit (exigences en matire dinflammabilit/de fume/de toxicit/dmissions radiofrquence, etc.) des normes de laviation et des quipements mdicaux qui ne correspondent pas aux spcifications de nos produits COTS (disponibles sur le march). Ce produit nest pas conu pour tre utilis dans des quipements mdicaux, dont des moyens dentretien artificiel de la vie, des systmes de contrle du trafic arien ou dautres quipements, appareils ou systmes utiliss pour maintenir la vie humaine ou pour assurer la scurit. La socit Panasonic ne peut en aucun cas tre tenue responsable des dommages ou des pertes 26 rsultant de lutilisation du produit dans ces types dquipements, dappareils ou de systmes, etc. Ce produit a t conu pour limiter les chocs au niveau de lcran LCD, la fuite de liquides

(eau, etc.) sur les boutons, etc., mais ces problmes ne sont en aucun cas exclus. Par consquent, vous devez tre extrmement prudent lorsque vous manipulez le produit, qui est un instrument de prcision. Informations gnrales Informations gnrales ATTENTION Il y a risque dexplosion si la batterie est remplace par une batterie de type incorrect. Mettre au rebut les batteries usages conformment aux instructions. Explications relatives aux symboles graphiques prsents sur la plaque signaltique

: Courant alternatif

: Courant continu

: Sortie de courant continu ATTENTION La lumire de la diode LED est forte et peut blesser loeil humain. Ne regardez pas directement les LED si vos yeux ne sont pas protgs. Possibles radiations optiques dangereuses mise par la lumire de la LED de cette camra. Ne regardez pas vers la camra en fonctionnement si vous vous trouvez moins de 330 mm de distance. Vous risqueriez de vous blesser les yeux. Informations de recyclage Lappareil que vous vous tes procur est aliment par une batterie au lithium-ion. Pour des renseignements sur le recyclage de la batterie, veuillez composer le 1-800-8-

BATTERY. librement participer. Les produits cible sont des quipements de bureau tels que les ordinateurs, moniteurs, imprimantes, tlcopieurs et photocopieurs. Les standards dfinis et les logos utiliss sont identiques dans tous les pays participants.

<Uniquement pour le modle ntant pas muni du logo ci-

dessus sur lordinateur>

Ce modle nest pas certifi ENERGY STAR. ENERGY STAR

<Uniquement pour le modle muni du logo ci-dessus sur lordinateur>

Partenaire ENERGY STAR, Panasonic Corporation propose des produits conformes aux recommandations ENERGY STAR pour la gestion de lnergie. Par lactivation des rglages de gestion de consommation dnergie disponibles, les ordinateurs Panasonic passent en mode de veille faible consommation dnergie aprs une certaine priode dinactivit, procurant ainsi des conomies dnergie lutilisateur. Prsentation du programme ENERGY STAR international en matire dquipements de bureautique Ce programme international a pour objectif de normaliser les fonctions dconomie dnergie pour les ordinateurs et les quipements de bureau. Il soutient le dveloppement et la diffusion de produits proposant des fonctions permettant une gestion efficace de lnergie. Cest un systme ouvert auquel les entreprises peuvent Informations rglementaires (Franais) 27 sans fil utilise une unit de mesure appele dbit dabsorption spcifique ou DAS. La limite DAS fixe par ISDE est de 1,6 W/kg. Les valeurs de DAS les plus leves obtenues pour ce produit se trouvent dans le Manuel de rfrence ladresse https://pc-dl.panasonic.co.jp/itn/manual/menu_en.html Ce produit a ete teste et declare conforme aux directives dexposition aux radiofrequences lors de lutilisation avec un accessoire Panasonic concu pour ce produit ou lors du positionnement a 0 mm minimum du corps sans aucune piece metallique a proximite du produit. En cas dutilisation avec dautres accessoires, il est possible que la conformit aux directives dexposition aux radiofrquences (RF) ne soit pas assure. Pour le Canada Pour le Canada Innovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada

(ISDE) Le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR dISDE applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. Lexploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes :

(1) lappareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et

(2) lappareil doit accepter tout brouillage radiolectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est susceptible den compromettre le fonctionnement. Utilisation Wi-Fi Ce produit (appareils pour rseaux locaux) pour les bandes de frquences 5 150-5 250 MHz est rserv une utilisation lintrieur afin de rduire le risque dinterfrence avec les systmes satellites mobiles utilisant les mmes canaux. Les radars forte puissance sont dsigns comme tant les premiers utilisateurs

(cest--dire quils ont la priorit) des bandes de frquences 5 250-

5 350 MHz et 5 650-5 850 MHz. Ces radars peuvent provoquer des interfrences et/ou des dommages aux dispositifs LAN-EL (rseaux locaux exempts de licence). Information sur lexposition aux radiofrquences (RF) Ce produit est conforme aux limites dexposition dISDE tablies pour un environnement non contrl. Ce produit est un metteur-

rcepteur radio. Il a t conu et fabriqu de faon ne pas dpasser les limites dmission tablies par ISDE pour lexposition lnergie des radiofrquences (RF). Ces directives sont fondes sur des normes labores par des organisations scientifiques indpendantes au moyen dune valuation priodique et rigoureuse dtudes scientifiques. Ces normes comprennent une marge de scurit substantielle conue pour assurer la scurit de toutes les personnes, quel que soit leur ge ou leur tat de sant. La norme dexposition pour les combins 28 Informations relatives aux marques commerciales et aux licences (Franais) Si les informations relatives aux licences en langue franaise ci-dessous ne vous semblent pas claires, veuillez considrer en priorit les informations relatives aux licences que vous trouverez dans le mode demploi anglais. Marques commerciales La marque et les logos Bluetooth sont des marques commerciales dposes de Bluetooth SIG, Inc. et toute utilisation de ces marques par Panasonic Corporation est soumise une licence. Tous les autres noms de marque ou marques commerciales appartiennent leurs propritaires respectifs. Le logo microSDXC est une marque commerciale de SD-3C, LLC. N-Mark est une marque commerciale, dpose ou non, de NFC Forum, Inc. aux tats-Unis et dans dautres pays. Android et Google sont des marques de Google LLC. Wi-Fi, le logo Wi-Fi, le logo Wi-Fi CERTIFIED et Wi-Fi CERTIFIED sont des marques commerciales, dposes ou non, de Wi-Fi Alliance. Les autres marques commerciales indiques dans le prsent document sont la proprit de leurs dtenteurs respectifs. Informations relatives aux licences Ce produit est concd en licence au titre du contrat de licence de portefeuille de brevets MPEG-4 Visual pour lusage personnel et non commercial du consommateur aux fins

(i) de lencodage vido en conformit avec la norme MPEG-4 Visual (vido MPEG-4) et/ou

(ii) du dcodage de vidos MPEG-4 encodes par un consommateur dans le cadre dun usage personnel et non commercial et/ou fournies par un fournisseur de vido autoris par MPEG LA fournir des vidos MPEG-4. Aucune licence nest concde titre exprs ou implicite pour tout autre usage que ce soit. Des informations complmentaires, notamment celles relatives aux usages promotionnels, internes et commerciaux, peuvent tre obtenues auprs de MPEG LA, LLC. Voir http://www.mpegla.com. Ce produit est concd en licence au titre du contrat de licence de portefeuille de brevets AVC pour lusage personnel et non rmunr du consommateur aux fins

(i) de lencodage vido en conformit avec la norme AVC (vido AVC) et/ou

(ii) du dcodage de vidos AVC encodes par un consommateur dans le cadre dun usage personnel et/ou fournies par un fournisseur de vido autoris fournir des vidos AVC. Aucune licence nest concde titre exprs ou implicite pour tout autre usage que ce soit. Des informations complmentaires peuvent tre obtenues auprs de MPEG LA, LLC. Voir http://www.mpegla.com. Ce produit contient un logiciel fourni sous licence conformment la Licence publique gnrale GNU version 2.0 (General Public License, GPL version 2.0), la Licence publique gnrale limite GNU (Lesser General Public License, LGPL) ou toute autre licence. Le programme est un logiciel gratuit, vous pouvez le copier, le redistribuer et le modifier conformment aux conditions de la Informations relatives aux marques commerciales et aux licences (Franais) 29 Ce produit inclut dautres logiciels libres ou ouverts. Pour plus de dtails concernant les logiciels (y compris les informations relatives aux licences), reportez-vous aux informations affiches sur lcran suivant : faites glisser lcran daccueil vers le haut puis, dans la liste des applications, appuyez sur [Paramtres]

[ propos de la tablette] [Informations lgales]. licence GPL version 2.0, la licence LGPL ou toute autre licence. Au moins trois (3) ans aprs la livraison des produits, Panasonic Mobile Communications Co., Ltd. fournira tous les tiers nous contactant aux coordonnes indiques ci-dessous, pour des frais nexcdant pas le cot de lexcution physique de la distribution du code source, une copie complte, pouvant tre lue par un ordinateur, du code source correspondant couvert par les licences GPL version 2.0 et LGPL ou toute autre licence. Coordonnes oss-cd-request@gg.jp.panasonic.com Le code source est galement disponible gratuitement pour le public via le site Web indiqu ci-dessous. https://panasonic.net/cns/oss/index.html Veuillez noter que nous ne pouvons pas rpondre aux demandes concernant le code source. Pour plus de dtails concernant le logiciel pertinent (y compris les informations relatives aux licences GPL version 2.0 et LGPL), reportez-vous aux informations affiches sur lcran suivant :

faites glisser lcran daccueil vers le haut puis, dans la liste des applications, appuyez sur [Paramtres] [ propos de la tablette] [Informations lgales]. Ce produit comprend un logiciel dvelopp par OpenSSL Project dans le but dtre utilis avec lOpenSSL Toolkit.

(http://www.openssl.org/source/license.html) Ce produit comprend un logiciel du groupe Independent JPEG Group. Ce logiciel est partiellement bas sur le travail du groupe Independent JPEG Group. Certaines parties de ce logiciel sont protges par des droits dauteur du FreeType Project (www.freetype.org) en date de 2017. Tous droits rservs. Ce logiciel est en partie bas sur le travail du FreeType Project. Ce produit inclut le logiciel suivant : ICU versions 1.8.1 et plus rcentes, copyright (c) 1995-2011 International Business Machines Corporation et autres. 30 Accessoires (Franais) Pour obtenir les dernires informations concernant les produits en option, reportez-vous aux catalogues des produits, etc. Nom du produit Numro de modle Adaptateur secteur CF-AA6413A Batterie Station daccueil Baie de chargement pour 5 batteries Film de protection Courroie de main Schultergurt Stylet Cble extensible FZ-VZSUT10U FZ-VZSUT11U FZ-VEBA21 FZ-VCBT131 FZ-VPFA31 FZ-VSTA31 CF-VNS331 CF-VNP025 CF-VNT002 Accessoires (Franais) 31 Two Riverfront Plaza, Newark, NJ 07102, USA 5770 Ambler Drive, Mississauga, Ontario L4W 2T3 Panasonic Mobile Communications Co., Ltd. 2020

Operating Instructions Smart Handheld EB-3901 Tablet Computer Model No. FZ-A3 series English Franais Operating Instructions - Read Me First................................2 Refer to the Reference Manual by downloading from the URL below Instructions dutilisation - Lisez-moi..................................17 Reportez-vous au Manuel de rfrence en le tlchargeant partir de lURL ci-dessous. URL:- https://pc-dl.panasonic.co.jp/itn/manual/menu_en.html Thank you for purchasing a Panasonic product. Before operating this product, please read these instructions and precautions, and save them for future use. Battery Safety Precautions (English) To reduce the risk of injury, loss of life, electric shock, fire, malfunction, and damage to equipment or property, always observe the following safety precautions. Explanation of symbol word panels Explanation of symbol word panels The following symbol word panels are used to classify and describe the level of hazard, injury, and property damage caused when the denotation is disregarded and improper use is performed. DANGER Denotes potential hazards that will result in serious injury or death. WARNING Denotes potential hazards that could result in serious injury or death. CAUTION Denotes potential hazards that could result in minor injury. The following symbols are used to classify and describe the type of instructions to be observed. This symbol is used to alert users to specific operating procedures that must not be performed. This symbol is used to alert users to specific operating procedures that must be followed in order to operate the product safely. This symbol is used to alert users to specific operating procedures for which special attention is required. 2 DANGER The battery is for use solely with this product. Do not use it with any other products. Electrolyte leakage, overheating, smoke, rupture, or fire may result. Charge the battery using the specified method. Failure to do so may result in electrolyte leakage, overheating, smoke, rupture, or a fire. Do not throw the battery into a fire or expose it to excessive heat. Electrolyte leakage, overheating, smoke, rupture, or fire may result. Do not disassemble, modify, insert sharp foreign objects into the battery, or subject it to impact. Electrolyte leakage, overheating, smoke, rupture, or fire may result. Do not short the positive (+) and negative () contacts. Do not carry the battery around or store it together with necklaces, hairpins, etc. Electrolyte leakage, overheating, smoke, rupture, or fire may result. Keep the battery away from extreme heat, such as fire and direct sunlight. Failure to do so may result in electrolyte leakage, overheating, smoke, rupture, or a fire. Do not expose the battery to water or other liquids. Electrolyte leakage, overheating, smoke, rupture, or fire may result. Do not throw the battery or subject it to strong impact such as dropping or applying high pressure. Electrolyte leakage, overheating, smoke, rupture, or fire may result. Stop using the product if the battery is subjected to strong impact or if the battery is noticeably damaged or deformed. If the battery deteriorates, replace it with a new one. Failure to do so may result in electrolyte leakage, overheating, smoke, rupture, or a fire. WARNING Do not directly touch electrolyte that has leaked from the battery. Electrolyte may enter the eyes and cause blindness, or may come into contact with skin or clothing and cause rashes. Flush with clean water without rubbing and seek medical advice. Do not place the battery in microwave ovens or pressurized containers. Sudden application of heat or pressure may damage the battery, resulting in electrolyte leakage, overheating, smoke, rupture, or a fire. If the battery smells or leaks electrolyte, keep the battery away from fire. Failure to do so may result in electrolyte leakage, overheating, smoke, rupture, or a fire. This product and AC adaptor WARNING When using the product for extended periods, do not expose your skin to this product or AC adaptor for a prolonged period. Generated heat can cause low-temperature burns. Do not disassemble, repair, or modify the product. Doing so may cause a short circuit or overheating, which may result in a fire or electric shock. Do not insert foreign objects into the product. Doing so may cause a short circuit or overheating, which may result in a fire or electric shock. Do not allow conductive materials such as metal objects to touch the expansion bus connector. This may cause a short circuit and overheating, which may result in battery electrolyte leakage, overheating, smoke, rupture, or a fire. Do not expose the AC adaptor or AC cord to water or other liquids. Doing so may cause a short circuit, generation of heat, or overheating, which may result in a fire, electric shocks, or injury. If the product gets wet, immediately unplug the AC plug, and then contact your technical support representative. Do not touch the product, AC adaptor, or AC cord during lightning storms if the product is connected to an AC adaptor. Electric shock may result. Safety Precautions (English) 3 Do not turn the volume up too loud when using headphones, etc. Listening at high volumes for extended periods may result in loss of hearing. Also, the surrounding sounds will become difficult to hear when the volume is too high, which can cause accidents. Turn down the volume before connecting headphones, etc. to prevent sudden loud sounds. Keep small parts, including SD cards and SIM cards, out of the reach of infants and small children. Accidental swallowing of small objects can have physically harmful effects. In such a case, seek medical advice immediately. Do not operate the product while walking, driving, riding a bicycle, etc. Being distracted while engaging in these kinds of activities can cause accidents or falls. Use only specified batteries. Use of unspecified batteries may result in electrolyte leakage, overheating, smoke, rupture, or a fire. Immediately stop using the product if any of the following occurs. Product is damaged Water or foreign objects enter the product Product emits smoke Product emits unusual smell or sound Product becomes unusually hot Continuing use may result in a fire or electric shock. Immediately turn the product off, disconnect it from the power supply, remove the battery, and then contact your technical support representative. 4 Close the DC input jack cover, USB port cover and headset jack cover when using the product near water or other liquids, and in areas with a high concentration of moisture, steam, dust, oily vapors, etc. Foreign material that enters the product may cause fire or electric shock. If foreign material enters the product, turn the product off, disconnect it from the power supply, and then remove the battery. Contact your technical support representative for support or repair. Stop using the product immediately and consult your doctor if you feel any discomfort when staring at flashing lights on the screen. A very small percentage of individuals may experience seizures or blackouts when exposed to certain light patterns or flashing lights for extended periods.

<For models with a barcode reader>

Do not look directly at the laser beam or point the barcode reader at another person's eyes. This may damage the eyes. Do not do anything that may damage the AC cord, AC plug, or the AC adaptor. Do not damage or modify the cord, place it near hot tools, bend, twist, or pull it forcefully, place heavy objects on it, or bundle it tightly. Continuing to use a damaged cord, plug, or AC adaptor may result in a fire or electric shock. Contact your technical support representative if any malfunction occurs. Clean dust and other debris on the AC plug regularly. If dust or other debris accumulates on the plug, humidity, etc. may cause a defect in the insulation, which may result in a fire. Pull the plug, and wipe it with a dry cloth. Pull the plug if the product is not being used for a long period of time. Insert the AC plug completely. If the plug is not inserted completely, fire due to overheating or electric shock may result. Do not use a damaged plug or loose AC outlet. Do not pull or insert the AC plug if your hands are wet. Electric shock may result. Do not connect the AC adaptor to a power source other than a standard household AC outlet. Otherwise, a fire due to overheating may result. Connecting to a DC/AC converter (inverter) may damage the AC adaptor. On an airplane, only connect the AC adaptor/charger to an AC outlet specifically approved for such use. Do not use the product near electronic devices that are used for high-precision control or weak signals. RF signals generated by the product may interfere with such electronic devices and result in an accident due to malfunction. Examples of electronic devices to be aware of:

Hearing aids, implantable cardiac pacemakers and implantable cardioverter defibrillators, other medical devices, fire alarms, automatic doors, and other automatic control devices. For those who use implantable cardiac pacemakers, implantable cardioverter defibrillators, or other medical devices, confirm the effects of RF signals with the relevant medical device manufacturer or distributor. CAUTION Do not leave the product in areas with a high concentration of moisture, steam, dust, oily vapors, etc. for extended periods. This may result in a fire or electric shock. Do not use the AC adaptor in areas with a high concentration of moisture, steam, dust, oily vapors, etc. This may result in a fire or electric shock. Do not move the product while the AC plug is connected. The AC cord may be damaged, resulting in a fire or electric shock. If the AC cord is damaged, unplug the AC plug immediately, and then contact your technical support representative. Do not subject the AC adaptor to any strong impact. Using the AC adaptor after a strong impact such asbeing dropped may result in a fire or electric shock. Contact your technical support representative if any malfunction occurs. Make sure not to charge the product when it is wet. This may result in a fire or electric shock. Do not leave the product in extremely high temperature environments for an extended period. Leaving the product where it will be exposed to extremely high temperatures, such as near fire or in direct sunlight, may deform the product or cause damage or malfunction to its internal components. Using the product in these conditions may cause short circuit, insulation defects, etc., which may in turn cause a fire or electric shock. Safety Precautions (English) 5 If the display is damaged, be careful of broken glass, internal components, or leaked substances that may become exposed. Failure to do so can cause injury. Also, if substances from internal components come into contact with your skin or clothes, they can cause injury to your eyes and skin. Immediately wash the affected area with clean water without rubbing, and seek medical advice. Take a 1015 minute break every hour when using the product. Using the product continuously for extended periods may cause strain injuries and may have detrimental health effects on your eyes, hands, or other parts of your body. Do not expose the skin to the product when using the product in hot or cold environments. Burns, low-temperature burns, or frostbite may result. If direct contact with the skin is necessary, perform the operation as quickly as possible. Do not place the product on an unstable surface. The product may drop, resulting in an injury. Do not stack the product. If balance is lost, the product may fall over or drop, resulting in an injury. Do not look directly at the light emitter of the photo light or barcode reader (for models with a barcode reader), or point it at another person's eyes. This may damage the eyes or cause temporary loss of eyesight which could result in an accident. Do not expose the camera lens to direct sunlight for extended periods. This may result in a fire, burns, or injury due to the converging effect of the lens. Use the specified items (supplied items or specified accessories). Use of items other than those specified may result in a fire or electric shock. When cleaning the product or if you will not use it for a long period of time, unplug the AC plug for your safety. Failure to do so may result in a fire or electric shock. Hold the plug when unplugging the AC cord. Pulling on the cord may damage the cord, resulting in a fire or electric shock. 6 Regulatory Information (English) Additional safety precautions Additional safety precautions This product and your health This product and your health This product, like other radio devices, emits radio frequency electromagnetic energy. Because this product operates within the guidelines found in radio frequency safety standards and recommendations, we believe this product is safe for use by consumers. These standards and recommendations reflect the consensus of the scientific community and result from deliberations of panels and committees of scientists who continually review and interpret the extensive research literature. In some situations or environments, the use of this product may be restricted by the proprietor of the building or responsible representatives of the organization. These situations may for example include:

Using this product on board of airplanes, or In any other environment where the risk of interference to other devices or services is perceived or identified as harmful. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies on the use of wireless devices in a specific organization or environment (e.g. airports), you are encouraged to ask for authorization to use this product prior to turning on the product. Information to the user Information to the user We are not responsible for any radio or television interference caused by unauthorized modification of this product. The correction of interference caused by such unauthorized modification will be the responsibility of the user. We and our authorized resellers or distributors are not liable for damage or violation of government regulations that may arise from failing to comply with these guidelines. Posted facilities Turn off the product when in hospitals, health care facilities, or any facility where posted notices require you to do so. Hospitals and health care facilities may be using equipment that could be sensitive to external RF energy. Pacemakers Medical device manufacturers recommend a minimum separation of 15 cm between a wireless device and an implanted medical device, such as a pacemaker or implanted cardioverter defibrillator, to avoid potential interference with the medical device. Persons with pacemakers:

Should ALWAYS keep this product more than 15 cm from their pacemaker when this product is turned ON;

Should not carry this product in a breast pocket;

Should turn off the product immediately if there is any reason to suspect that interference is taking place. Hearing aids Some digital wireless products may interfere with some hearing aids. In the event of such interference, consult the manufacturer of your hearing aid to discuss alternatives. Other medical devices If you use any other personal medical device, consult the manufacturer of your device to determine if it is adequately shielded from external RF energy. Your physician may be able to assist you in obtaining this information. Aircraft Turn off the product after boarding an aircraft, when instructed by flight staff. Obey instructions from flight staff regarding the use of the product in flight. Using this product in an aircraft may be Regulatory Information (English) 7 hazardous to the aircrafts operation and disrupt wireless communication, and may also be illegal. Potentially explosive atmosphere Turn off the product in areas where a potentially explosive atmosphere exists and obey all signs and instructions. Sparks in such areas could cause an explosion or fire resulting in injury or even death. Areas with potentially explosive atmosphere may include fueling areas, chemical plants, below deck on boats, fuel or chemical transfer or storage facilities, vehicles using petroleum or natural gas, or areas where the atmosphere contains particles such as grain, dust, or metallic powders, and any other area where you would normally be advised to turn off your vehicle engine. Electronic devices This product receives and transmits radio frequency signals while switched on. Most electronic equipment is shielded from RF signals. However, certain electronic equipment may not be shielded against the RF signals from this product. Therefore, the use must be restricted in certain situations to avoid interference. RF signals may affect improperly installed or inadequately shielded electronic systems in motor vehicles. Consult the manufacturer (or its representative) of the vehicle and any equipment that has been added to the vehicle regarding the use of mobile products. Use hands-free operation, if available and legally permitted. Emergency communications Never rely solely on a mobile product for essential or emergency communications. Network connections can be affected by remaining battery level, radio signals, service networks, and other conditions, and as a result, emergency communications cannot be guaranteed in all conditions. Antenna Do not replace the antenna. Unauthorized antennas, modifications, or attachments could damage the product and may violate regulations. Do not touch or cover the antenna area while the product is on. Call quality, power levels, and the overall performance of the product may be affected. Driving Give full attention to driving. Driving safely is your first Volume Do not turn the volume up too loud when using headphones and responsibility. Pull off the road and park before placing or answering a call. It is Exposure to excessive sound pressure levels for extended periods unsafe to operate the product while driving. may cause hearing damage. Check the laws and regulations in the areas where you drive, and Being unable to hear sounds in your environment may lead to earphones. accidents. always obey them. Only qualified personnel should install the product in a vehicle. Check regularly that the product is securely mounted in your vehicle and operating properly. Do not place or install the product in the area over the air bag or in the air bag deployment area. If the air bag inflates, serious injury and/or damage could result. 8 Labeling and device location Barcode reader Laser device caution Laser device caution

(for models with a barcode reader) CAUTION!

THIS PRODUCT UTILIZES A LASER. USE OF CONTROLS, ADJUSTMENTS OR PERFORMANCE OF PROCEDURES OTHER THAN THOSE SPECIFIED HEREIN MAY RESULT IN HAZARDOUS RADIATION EXPOSURE. DO NOT OPEN COVERS AND DO NOT REPAIR YOURSELF. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL. This product is using lasers that comply with IEC 60825-1:2014 and FDA performance standards for laser products except for conformance with IEC 60825-1 Ed. 3., as described in Laser Notice No. 56, dated May 8, 2019. This product utilizes a Class 2 laser. Class 2 laser readers use a low power, visible diode. As with any very bright light source, such as the sun, the user should avoid staring directly into the light beam. Momentary exposure to a Class 2 laser is not known to be harmful. Caution: Procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure. Laser radiation information Wavelength: 65510 nm Pulse duration: approx. 10 msec Repetition rate: approx. 1000/18 Hz Maximum power: 1 mW max Aiming pattern angle: 48.0 horizontal, 38.0 vertical Regulatory Information (English) 9 Intended use Intended use General information General information CAUTION Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions. Explanation of graphical symbols on nameplate

: Direct current CAUTION The light from the LED is strong and can injure human eyes. Do not look directly at the LEDs with naked eyes. Possibly hazardous optical radiation emitted from this camera LED light. Do not stare at operating camera in less than 330 mm distance. Otherwise may be harmful to the eyes. USB Type-C adaptors and cables Use only UL Listed USB Type-C AC adaptors. Use only recognized or certified USB Type-C cables (ICT Power Cables) Recycle information A lithium ion battery that is recyclable powers the product you have purchased. Please call 1-800-8-BATTERY for information on how to recycle this battery. This product is not intended for use as, or as part of, nuclear equipment/systems, air traffic control equipment/systems, aircraft cockpit equipment/systems*1, medical devices or accessories*2, life-support systems or other equipment/devices/systems that are involved with ensuring human life or safety. Panasonic will not be responsible for any liability resulting from the use of this product arising out of the foregoing uses.

*1 Aircraft cockpit equipment/systems include Class 2 Electrical Flight Bag (EFB) Systems and Class 1 EFB Systems when used during critical phases of flight (e.g., during take-off and landing) and/or mounted on to the aircraft. Class 1 EFB Systems and 2 EFB Systems are defined by FAA: AC

(Advisory Circular) 120-76A or JAA: JAA TGL (Temporary Guidance Leaflets) No.36.

*2 As defined by the European Medical Device Directive (MDD) 93/42/EEC. Panasonic cannot guarantee any specifications, technologies, reliability, safety (e.g., Flammability/Smoke/Toxicity/Radio Frequency Emission, etc.) requirements related to aviation standards and medical equipment standards that differ from the specifications of our COTS (Commercial-Off-The-Shelf) products. This product is not intended for use in medical equipment including life-support systems, air traffic control systems, or other equipment, devices or systems that are involved with ensuring human life or safety. Panasonic cannot be held responsible in any way for any damages or loss resulting from the use of this unit in these types of equipment, devices or systems, etc. This product has been designed so as to minimize shock to the LCD, the leakage of liquid (e.g., water) on to the buttons, etc., but no warranty is provided against such trouble. Therefore, as a precision instrument, be extremely careful in the handling of the product. 10 ENERGY STAR For USA For USA

<Only for model with the above logo on the computer>

As an ENERGY STAR Partner, Panasonic Corporation has determined that this product meets ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency. By enabling available power management settings, Panasonic computers enter a low-power sleep mode after a period of inactivity, saving the user energy.

<For U.S.A.>

To learn more about power management, please visit the web site:

www.energystar.gov Outline of the International ENERGY STAR Office Equipment Program The international ENERGY STAR Office Equipment Program is an international program that promotes energy saving through the use of computers and other office equipment. The program backs the development and dissemination of products with functions that effectively reduce energy consumption. It is an open system in which business proprietors can participate voluntarily. The targeted products are office equipment such as computers, displays, printers, facsimiles, and copiers. Their standards and logos are uniform among participating nations.

<For U.S.A.>

For information about ENERGY STAR, refer to the following web site:

Web Site: www.energystar.gov

<Only for model without the above logo on the computer>

This model is not certified to the ENERGY STAR FCC Part 15 information This product has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This product generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this product does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the product off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures. Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the product and receiver. Connect the product to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. FCC caution To assure continued FCC emission limit compliance, use only shielded interface cables when connecting to computer or peripheral devices. Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate this equipment. This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and 2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Regulatory Information (English) 11 Wi-Fi use High power radars are allocated as primary users of the 5.25 to 5.35 GHz and 5.65 to 5.85 GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage this product. Do not use in the vicinity of these high power radar systems. Responsible party Panasonic Corporation of North America Two Riverfront Plaza, Newark, NJ 07102, USA Support contact:

http://business.panasonic.com/support-computerstablets Disposal USA Only: Disposal may be regulated in your community due to environmental considerations. For disposal or recycling information, please visit Panasonic website:

http://www.panasonic.com/environmental or call 1-888-769-0149. TTY information For hearing or speech impaired TTY users, call 1-877-833-8855 using a TTY device. FCC RF exposure information This product meets the governments requirements for exposure to radio waves. This product is a radio transmitter and receiver. This product is designed and manufactured not to exceed the emission limits for exposure to radio frequency (RF) energy set by the Federal Communications Commission of the U.S. Government. The guidelines are based on standards that were developed by independent scientific organization through periodic and thorough evaluation of scientific studies. The standards include a substantial safety margin designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health. The exposure standard for wireless handsets employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit set by the FCC is 1.6 W/kg. The highest SAR value for this product can be found under Reference Manual of https://pc-dl.panasonic.co.jp/itn/manual/menu_en.html This product has been tested and meets RF exposure guidelines when used with a Panasonic accessory designated for this product or when positioned a minimum of 0 mm from the body without any metal parts in the vicinity of the product. Use of other accessories may not ensure compliance with the RF exposure guidelines. The FCC has granted an Equipment Authorization for this product with all reported SAR levels evaluated as in compliance with the FCC RF emission guidelines. SAR information on this product is on file with the FCC and can be found by searching for the products FCC ID number at http://www.fcc.gov/oet/ea/fccid. To find the FCC ID number for your product, first remove the battery pack. The FCC ID number is printed on the nameplate underneath. 12 or when positioned a minimum of 0 mm from the body without any metal parts in the vicinity of the product. Use of other accessories may not ensure compliance with the RF exposure guidelines. For Canada For Canada Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada (ISED) This device complies with ISEDs licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) this device may not cause interference, and

(2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Wi-Fi use This product (local network devices) for the band 5150- 5250 MHz is only indoor usage to reduce potential for harmful interference to cochannel Mobile Satellite systems. High power radars are allocated as primary users (meaning they have priority) of 5250-5350 MHz and 5650-5850 MHz and these radars could cause interference and/or damage to LE-LAN (licence-exempt local area network) devices. RF exposure information This product complies with ISEDs radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This product is a radio transmitter and receiver. It is designed and manufactured not to exceed the emission limits for exposure to radiofrequency (RF) energy set by ISED. The guidelines are based on standards that were developed by independent scientific organizations through periodic and thorough evaluation of scientific studies. The standards include a substantial safety margin designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health. The exposure standard for wireless handsets employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit set by ISED is 1.6 W/kg. The highest SAR value for this product can be found under Reference Manual of https://pc-dl.panasonic.co.jp/itn/manual/menu_en.html This product has been tested and meets RF exposure guidelines when used with a Panasonic accessory designated for this product Regulatory Information (English) 13 Trademark and License Information

(English) Trademarks The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Panasonic Corporation is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. microSDXC Logo is a trademark of SD-3C, LLC. The N-Mark is a trademark or registered trademark of NFC Forum, Inc. in the United States and in other countries. Android and Google are trademarks of Google LLC. Wi-Fi, the Wi-Fi logo, the Wi-Fi CERTIFIED logo and Wi-Fi CERTIFIED are trademarks or registered trademarks of Wi-Fi Alliance. All other trademarks identified herein are the property of their respective owners. 14 License information This product is licensed under the MPEG-4 Visual patent portfolio license for the personal and non-commercial use of a consumer for

(i) encoding video in compliance with the MPEG-4 Visual Standard

(MPEG-4 Video) and/or

(ii) decoding MPEG-4 Video that was encoded by a consumer engaged in a personal and non-commercial activity and/or was obtained from a video provider licensed by MPEG LA to provide MPEG-4 Video. No license is granted or shall be implied for any other use. Additional information including that relating to promotional, internal and commercial uses and licensing may be obtained from MPEG LA, LLC. See http://www.mpegla.com. This product is licensed under the AVC patent portfolio license for the personal use of a consumer or other uses in which it does not receive remuneration to

(i) encode video in compliance with the AVC Standard (AVC Video) and/or

(ii) decode AVC Video that was encoded by a consumer engaged in a personal activity and/or was obtained from a video provider licensed to provide AVC Video. No license is granted or shall be implied for any other use. Additional information may be obtained from MPEG LA, LLC. See http://www.mpegla.com. This product contains software licensed in compliance with GNU General Public License Version 2.0 (GPL v2.0), GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL) or any other license. The program is free software; you can copy it, redistribute it, and modify it under the terms of the GPL v2.0, LGPL or any other license. At least three (3) years from delivery of products, Panasonic Mobile Communications Co., Ltd. will give to any third party who contacts us at the contact information provided below, for a charge no more than our cost of physically performing source code distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code covered under GPL v2.0 and LGPL or any other license. Contact Information oss-cd-request@gg.jp.panasonic.com Source code is also freely available to the public via the web site listed below. https://panasonic.net/cns/oss/index.html Please note that we cannot respond to any inquiries regarding the source code. For more details on the relevant software (including license information of GPL v2.0 and LGPL), refer to the information displayed on the following screen: swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [About tablet] [Legal information]. This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit.

(http://www.openssl.org/source/license.html) This product includes the Independent JPEG Group's software. This software is based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG Group. Portions of this software are copyright 2017 The FreeType Project

(www.freetype.org). All rights reserved. This software is based in part on the work of FreeType Project. This product includes the following software; ICU 1.8.1 and later Copyright (c) 1995-2011 International Business Machines Corporation and others. This product includes other free software or open source software. For more details on the relevant software (including license information), refer to the information displayed on the following screen: swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap

[Settings] [About tablet] [Legal information]. Trademark and License Information (English) 15 Accessories (English) For the latest information about optional products, refer to the product catalogs, etc. Product name AC Adaptor Battery Pack Cradle Hand Strap Shoulder Strap Stylus Pen Pen Tether Model number CF-AA6413AM FZ-VZSUT10U FZ-VZSUT11U FZ-VEBA21U FZ-VSTA31 CF-VNS331U CF-VNP025U CF-VNT002U 5-Bay Battery Charger FZ-VCBT131 Protective Film (5 sheets) FZ-VPFA31 16 Nous vous remercions davoir achet un produit Panasonic. Avant dutiliser ce produit, veuillez lire les prsentes instructions et prcautions et les conserver pour usage ultrieur. Prcautions de scurit (Franais) Pour rduire le risque de blessure, de dcs, de dcharge lectrique, dincendie, de dysfonctionnement et de dommages au niveau de lquipement et des biens, respectez toujours les consignes de scurit suivantes. Explication des symboles Explication des symboles Les symboles suivants sont utiliss pour classer et dcrire le niveau de danger, de blessures et de dommages matriels causs si les consignes indiques ne sont pas respectes et si le produit est utilis de manire incorrecte. DANGER AVERTISSEMENT ATTENTION Indique un danger potentiel qui provoquera des blessures graves, voire la mort. Indique un danger potentiel qui pourrait provoquer des blessures graves, voire la mort. Indique un danger potentiel qui pourrait provoquer des blessures mineures. Les symboles suivants sont utiliss pour classer et dcrire le type dinstructions suivre. Ce symbole est utilis pour attirer lattention des utilisateurs sur des procdures spcifiques qui ne doivent pas tre effectues. Ce symbole est utilis pour attirer lattention des utilisateurs sur des procdures spcifiques qui doivent tre effectues pour utiliser le produit en toute scurit. Ce symbole est utilis pour attirer lattention des utilisateurs sur des procdures spcifiques qui ncessitent une attention particulire. Batterie DANGER La batterie est exclusivement destine au prsent produit. Ne lutilisez pas avec dautres produits. Cela peut entraner une fuite dlectrolyte, une surchauffe, de la fume, une rupture ou un incendie. Chargez la batterie de la manire indique. Le non-respect de cette consigne peut entraner une fuite dlectrolyte, une surchauffe, de la fume, une rupture ou un incendie. Ne jetez pas la batterie dans un feu et ne lexposez pas une chaleur excessive. Cela peut entraner une fuite dlectrolyte, une surchauffe, de la fume, une rupture ou un incendie. Vous ne devez pas dmonter, modifier, insrer des corps trangers pointus dans la batterie ou la soumettre des chocs. Cela peut entraner une fuite dlectrolyte, une surchauffe, de la fume, une rupture ou un incendie. Prcautions de scurit (Franais) 17 Ne court-circuitez pas les bornes positive (+) et ngative (). Ne transportez pas et ne stockez pas la batterie avec des colliers, des pingles cheveux, etc. Cela peut entraner une fuite dlectrolyte, une surchauffe, de la fume, une rupture ou un incendie. Gardez la batterie lcart des chaleurs extrmes, telles quun incendie ou la lumire directe du soleil. Le non-respect de cette consigne peut entraner une fuite dlectrolyte, une surchauffe, de la fume, une rupture ou un incendie. Nexposez pas la batterie leau ou dautres liquides. Cela peut entraner une fuite dlectrolyte, une surchauffe, de la fume, une rupture ou un incendie. Ne jetez pas la batterie et ne la soumettez pas des impacts violents en la faisant tomber ou en exerant une forte pression, par exemple. Cela peut entraner une fuite dlectrolyte, une surchauffe, de la fume, une rupture ou un incendie. Cessez dutiliser le produit si la batterie est soumise un impact violent ou si la batterie est endommage ou dforme de manire notable. En cas de dtrioration de la batterie, remplacez-la par une neuve. Le non-respect de cette consigne peut entraner une fuite dlectrolyte, une surchauffe, de la fume, une rupture ou un incendie. AVERTISSEMENT Ne touchez pas directement llectrolyte qui fuit de la batterie. Llectrolyte peut pntrer dans les yeux et entraner la ccit ou peut entrer en contact avec la peau ou les vtements et entraner des rougeurs. Rincez leau claire sans frotter et consultez un mdecin. Ne placez pas la batterie dans des fours microondes ou des contenants sous pression. Lapplication soudaine de chaleur ou de pression peut endommager la batterie, ce qui peut entraner une fuite dlectrolyte, une surchauffe, de la fume, une rupture ou un incendie. En cas dodeur ou de fuite dlectrolyte de la batterie, gardez la batterie lcart des flammes. Le non-respect de cette consigne peut entraner une fuite dlectrolyte, une surchauffe, de la fume, une rupture ou un incendie. 18 Ce produit et adaptateur secteur AVERTISSEMENT Lors de lutilisation du produit pendant des priodes de temps prolonges, nexposez pas trop longtemps votre peau au produit ou ladaptateur secteur. La chaleur gnre peut causer des brlures basse temprature. Vous ne devez pas dmonter, rparer ou modifier le produit. Cela peut causer un court-circuit ou une surchauffe, qui peut entraner un incendie ou une dcharge lectrique. Ninsrez pas de corps trangers dans le produit. Cela peut causer un court-circuit ou une surchauffe, qui peut entraner un incendie ou une dcharge lectrique. Ne laissez pas des matriaux conducteurs tels que des objets en mtal entrer en contact avec le connecteur du bus dextension. Cela peut causer un court-circuit et une surchauffe, qui peuvent entraner une fuite dlectrolyte de la batterie, une surchauffe, de la fume, une rupture ou un incendie. Nexposez pas ladaptateur secteur ou le cordon secteur leau ou dautres liquides. Cela pourrait entraner un court-circuit, gnrer de la chaleur ou une surchauffe, qui pourrait occasionner un incendie, des dcharges lectriques ou des blessures. Si le produit est mouill, dbranchez immdiatement la fiche secteur, puis contactez le reprsentant de lassistance technique. Ne touchez pas au produit, ladaptateur secteur ou au cordon secteur en cas dorage si le produit est connect un adaptateur secteur. Cela peut entraner une dcharge lectrique. Ne rglez pas le volume trop fort lors de lutilisation du casque, etc. Lcoute volume lev pendant des priodes de temps prolonges peut entraner une perte daudition. Les bruits ambiants peuvent galement tre difficiles entendre lorsque le volume est trop lev, ce qui peut entraner des accidents. Rduisez le volume avant de brancher un casque, etc. de manire viter les sons forts soudains. Gardez les petites pices, cartes SD et SIM incluses, hors de porte des enfants. Lingestion accidentelle de petits objets peut avoir des consquences physiques dangereuses. Le cas chant, consultez immdiatement un mdecin. Nutilisez pas le produit en marchant, en conduisant, sur un vlo, etc. La distraction gnre par ces activits peut entraner des accidents ou des chutes. Utilisez uniquement les batteries indiques. Lutilisation de batteries non indiques peut entraner une fuite dlectrolyte, une surchauffe, de la fume, une rupture ou un incendie. Prcautions de scurit (Franais) 19 Cessez immdiatement dutiliser le produit si lun des vnements suivants se produit. Le produit est endommag. De leau ou des corps trangers ont pntr dans le Le produit met de la fume. Le produit met des bruits inhabituels ou une odeur produit. inhabituelle. Le produit devient excessivement chaud. Si vous continuez utiliser le produit, cela peut entraner un incendie ou une dcharge lectrique. teignez immdiatement le produit, dbranchez-le de la prise lectrique, retirez la batterie, puis contactez le reprsentant de lassistance technique. Fermez le cache de la prise dentre c.c., le cache du port USB et le cache de la prise pour casque lors de lutilisation du produit proximit de leau ou dautres liquides et dans des lieux avec une forte concentration en humidit, en vapeur deau, en poussire, en vapeur huileuse, etc. La prsence de corps trangers dans le produit peut entraner un incendie ou une dcharge lectrique. Si des corps trangers pntrent dans le produit, teignez le produit, dbranchez-le de la prise lectrique, puis retirez la batterie. Contactez le reprsentant de lassistance technique pour obtenir de laide ou procder des rparations. Cessez immdiatement dutiliser le produit et consulter un mdecin si vous ressentez une gne lorsque vous fixez des lumires clignotantes lcran. Un trs faible pourcentage dindividus peuvent tre sujets des crises ou des voiles noirs lorsquils sont exposs certains motifs lumineux ou certaines lumires clignotantes pendant des priodes de temps prolonges. 20

<Pour les modles avec un lecteur de codes barres>

Ne fixez pas directement le faisceau laser et norientez pas le lecteur de codes barres en direction des yeux dune autre personne. Cela peut entraner des lsions oculaires. Ne faites rien qui puisse endommager le cordon secteur, la fiche secteur ou ladaptateur secteur. Vous ne devez pas endommager ou modifier le cordon, le placer proximit doutils chauds, le plier, le tordre ou le tirer avec force, placer des objets lourds dessus ou le serrer trop fort. Si vous continuez utiliser un cordon, une fiche ou un adaptateur secteur endommag, cela peut entraner un incendie ou une dcharge lectrique. Contactez le reprsentant de lassistance technique en cas de dysfonctionnements. Nettoyez rgulirement la poussire et autres dbris prsents sur la fiche secteur. Si de la poussire ou dautres dbris saccumulent sur la fiche, lhumidit, etc. peut entraner un dfaut disolation, ce qui peut provoquer un incendie. Dbranchez la fiche et nettoyez-la avec un chiffon sec. Dbranchez la fiche si le produit nest pas utilis pendant une priode de temps prolonge. Insrez compltement la fiche secteur. Si la fiche nest pas compltement insre, cela peut entraner un incendie caus par la surchauffe ou une dcharge lectrique. Nutilisez pas une fiche endommage ou une prise secteur desserre. Vous ne devez pas tirer ou insrer la fiche secteur avec les mains mouilles. Cela peut entraner une dcharge lectrique. Ne connectez pas ladaptateur secteur une source dalimentation autre quune prise secteur domestique standard. Le non-respect de cette consigne peut entraner un incendie caus par la chaleur. La connexion dun convertisseur c.c./c.a. (onduleur) peut endommager ladaptateur secteur. En avion, connectez uniquement le chargeur/ladaptateur secteur une prise secteur spcialement conue pour cet usage. Nutilisez pas le produit proximit dappareils lectroniques utiliss pour le contrle de haute prcision ou de faibles signaux. Les signaux RF gnrs par le produit peuvent interfrer avec ces appareils lectroniques et entraner un accident suite un dysfonctionnement. Parmi les appareils lectroniques auxquels vous devez faire attention :

aides auditives, stimulateurs cardiaques et dfibrillateurs implantables, autres quipements mdicaux, alarmes incendie, portes automatiques et autres quipements de contrle automatiques. Les utilisateurs de stimulateurs cardiaques et dfibrillateurs implantables ou dautres quipements mdicaux doivent vrifier les effets des signaux RF auprs du fabricant ou du distributeur des quipements mdicaux concerns. ATTENTION Ne laissez pas le produit dans des lieux avec une forte concentration en humidit, en vapeur deau, en poussire, en vapeur huileuse, etc. pendant des priodes de temps prolonges. Cela peut entraner un incendie ou une dcharge lectrique. Nutilisez pas ladaptateur secteur dans des lieux avec une forte concentration en humidit, en vapeur deau, en poussire, en vapeur huileuse, etc. Cela peut entraner un incendie ou une dcharge lectrique. Ne dplacez pas le produit lorsque la fiche secteur est branche. Le cordon secteur peut tre endommag, ce qui peut entraner un incendie ou une dcharge lectrique. Si le cordon secteur est endommag, dbranchez immdiatement la fiche secteur, puis contactez le reprsentant de lassistance technique. Ne soumettez pas ladaptateur secteur de forts impacts. Lutilisation dun adaptateur secteur soumis un fort impact

(une chute, par exemple) peut entraner un incendie ou une dcharge lectrique. Contactez le reprsentant de lassistance technique en cas de dysfonctionnements. Veillez ne pas charger le produit sil est humide. Cela peut entraner un incendie ou une dcharge lectrique. Prcautions de scurit (Franais) 21 Ne laissez pas le produit dans des environnements trs hautes tempratures pendant des priodes de temps prolonges. Lexposition du produit des tempratures extrmement leves ( proximit dun feu ou la lumire directe du soleil, par exemple) put dformer le produit ou entraner des dommages ou des dysfonctionnements au niveau de ses composants internes. Lutilisation du produit dans de telles conditions peut entraner un court-circuit, des dfauts disolation, etc., qui peuvent leur tour causer un incendie ou une dcharge lectrique. Nexposez pas la peau au produit lors de lutilisation du produit dans un environnement chaud ou froid. Cela peut entraner des brlures, des brlures faible temprature ou des gelures. Si un contact direct avec la peau est ncessaire, procdez lopration aussi rapidement que possible. Ne placez pas le produit sur une surface instable. Le produit peut tomber et causer des blessures. Nempilez pas le produit. En cas de perte dquilibre, le produit peut basculer ou tomber et entraner des blessures. Ne regardez pas directement lmetteur lumineux du flash ou du lecteur de codes barres (pour les modles avec un lecteur de codes barres) et ne lorientez pas vers les yeux dune autre personne. Cela peut endommager les yeux ou entraner une perte temporaire de la vue, susceptible de causer un accident. Nexposez pas lobjectif de la camra la lumire directe du soleil pendant des priodes de temps prolonges. Le non-respect de cette consigne peut entraner un incendie, des brlures ou des blessures en raison de leffet de convergence de lobjectif. 22 Utilisez les lments indiqus (lments fournis ou accessoires indiqus). Lutilisation dlments autres que les lments indiqus peut entraner un incendie ou une dcharge lectrique. Pour votre scurit, dbranchez la fiche secteur lors du nettoyage du produit ou si vous ne comptez pas utiliser le produit pendant une priode de temps prolonge. Le non-respect de cette consigne peut entraner un incendie ou une dcharge lectrique. Saisissez la fiche lorsque vous dbranchez le cordon secteur. Si vous tirez sur le cordon, vous risquez de lendommager, ce qui peut entraner un incendie ou une dcharge lectrique. Si lcran est endommag, faites attention au verre cass, aux composants internes qui peuvent tre exposs et aux fuites de substances. Le non-respect de cette consigne peut entraner des blessures. De mme, si les substances de composants internes entrent en contact avec votre peau ou vos vtements, elles peuvent occasionner des blessures au niveau de vos yeux et de votre peau. Rincez immdiatement la zone affecte leau claire, sans frotter, et consultez un mdecin. Faites une pause de 10 15 minutes toutes les heures lors de lutilisation du produit. Lutilisation continue du produit pendant des priodes de temps prolonges peut entraner des microtraumatismes ou avoir des effets ngatifs sur vos yeux, vos mains ou dautres parties de votre corps. Informations rglementaires (Franais) violations de rglementations gouvernementales qui peuvent survenir dans le cadre du non-respect des prsentes directives. Ce produit et votre sant Ce produit et votre sant Ce produit met, comme dautres appareils radio, de lnergie lectromagntique radiofrquence. Ce produit fonctionne selon les directives des normes et recommandations de scurit en matire de radiofrquences, nous pensons donc quil peut tre utilis en toute scurit par les consommateurs. Ces normes et recommandations sont le reflet du consensus de la communaut scientifique et rsultent de dlibrations de panels et de commissions de scientifiques qui consultent et interprtent en permanence les nombreux documents de recherche. Dans certaines situations ou dans certains environnements, lutilisation du produit peut tre limite par le propritaire des lieux ou par les reprsentants responsables de lentreprise. Ces situations peuvent inclure :

lutilisation du produit en avion ou dans tout autre environnement o le risque dinterfrences au niveau dautres appareils ou services est peru ou identifi comme tant dangereux. Si vous ntes pas sr de la politique qui sapplique lutilisation dappareils sans fil dans une entreprise ou un environnement spcifique (aroports, par exemple), nous vous prions de bien vouloir demander lautorisation avant dallumer le produit. Avis aux utilisateurs Avis aux utilisateurs Nous ne pouvons tre tenus responsables des interfrences au niveau de la radio ou de la tlvision causes par des modifications non autorises du produit. La correction des interfrences causes par de telles modifications non autorises relve de la responsabilit de lutilisateur. Nous et nos revendeurs et distributeurs agrs ne pouvons tre tenus responsables pour les dommages ou les Consignes de scurit complmentaires Consignes de scurit complmentaires Lieux avec affichage teignez le produit dans les hpitaux, les tablissements de soins et tous les lieux o des affiches vous invitent le faire. Il est possible que les hpitaux et les tablissements de soins utilisent des quipements sensibles lnergie RF externe. Stimulateurs cardiaques (pacemakers) Les fabricants dappareils mdicaux recommandent une distance dau moins 15 cm entre un priphrique sans fil et un appareil mdical implant, tel quun stimulateur cardiaque ou un dfibrillateur cardioverteur implant, afin dviter les ventuelles interfrences avec lappareil mdical. Personnes quipes dun stimulateur cardiaque :

Elles doivent TOUJOURS garder le produit plus de 15 cm de leur stimulateur cardiaque lorsque le produit est allum. Elles ne doivent pas transporter le produit dans une poche poitrine. Elles doivent teindre immdiatement le produit si elles ont des raisons de suspecter la prsence dinterfrences. Aides auditives Certains produits sans fil numriques peuvent provoquer des interfrences au niveau de certaines aides auditives. Vous devez alors contacter le fabricant de votre aide auditive pour voquer les alternatives possibles. Autres appareils mdicaux Si vous utilisez dautres appareils mdicaux personnels, contactez le fabricant de lappareil pour dterminer sil est correctement protg contre lnergie RF. Votre mdecin peut vous aider obtenir ces informations. Informations rglementaires (Franais) 23 Avion teignez le produit dans les avions, lorsque le personnel de bord vous invite le faire. Respectez les consignes du personnel de bord concernant lutilisation du produit bord de lavion. Lutilisation du produit dans un avion peut prsenter un danger pour le fonctionnement de lavion, interrompre la communication sans fil et savrer illgale. Atmosphre potentiellement explosive teignez le produit dans les lieux o latmosphre est potentiellement explosive et respectez lensemble des panneaux et des consignes. La prsence dtincelles dans de tels lieux peut entraner une explosion ou un incendie, ce qui peut causer des blessures, voire la mort. Les lieux o latmosphre est potentiellement explosive peuvent inclure les stations-service, les usines chimiques, le pont infrieur des bateaux, les installations de stockage ou de transfert de carburant ou de produits chimiques, les vhicules qui fonctionnent au ptrole ou au gaz naturel ou les lieux o latmosphre contient des particules comme du grain, de la poussire ou des poudres mtalliques et tout autre lieu o il vous est normalement conseill de couper le moteur de votre vhicule. Appareils lectroniques Ce produit reoit et met des signaux radiofrquence lorsquil est allum. La plupart des quipements lectroniques sont protgs contre les signaux RF. Il est cependant possible que certains quipements lectroniques ne soient pas protgs contre les signaux RF de ce produit. Dans certains cas, lutilisation doit donc tre limite pour viter les interfrences. Conduite Faites attention la route lorsque vous conduisez. Conduire en toute scurit est votre premire responsabilit. 24 Garez-vous avant de passer ou de rpondre un appel. Lutilisation du produit alors que vous conduisez prsente un danger. Consultez et respectez toujours les lois et rglementations des zones o vous conduisez. Le produit doit uniquement tre install dans un vhicule par du personnel qualifi. Vrifiez rgulirement que le produit est bien fix dans votre vhicule et quil fonctionne correctement. Vous ne devez pas placer ou installer le produit sur un coussin gonflable ou dans la zone de dploiement dun coussin gonflable. Si le coussin gonflable se dclenche, cela peut entraner des blessures graves et/ou des dommages. Les systmes lectroniques de vhicules motoriss installs de manire incorrecte ou protgs de manire inadapte peuvent tre affects par les signaux RF. Contactez le fabricant du vhicule ou des quipements ajouts au vhicule (ou son reprsentant) au sujet de lutilisation de produits mobiles. Utilisez le mode mains libres, sil est disponible et si la loi lautorise. Communications durgence Ne vous appuyez jamais sur un produit mobile uniquement pour les communications essentielles ou durgence. Les connexions rseau peuvent tre affectes par le niveau de la batterie, les signaux radio, les rseaux de services et dautres facteurs. Les communications durgence ne peuvent donc pas tre garanties dans tous les cas. Antenne Ne remplacez pas lantenne. Les antennes, les modifications ou les accessoires non autoriss peuvent endommager le produit. Vous ne devez pas toucher ou recouvrir la zone de lantenne lorsque le produit est allum. La qualit des appels, les niveaux de puissance et les performances globales du produit peuvent tre affects. Volume Ne rglez pas le volume trop fort lors de lutilisation du casque et tiquetage et emplacement de lappareil (pour les modles avec un lecteur de codes barres) Lecteur de codes barres des couteurs. Lexposition des niveaux de pression acoustique excessifs pendant des priodes de temps prolonges peut entraner des dommages auditifs. Lincapacit entendre les bruits ambiants peut entraner des accidents. Mise en garde concernant les appareils laser Mise en garde concernant les appareils laser ATTENTION !

CE PRODUIT UTILISE UN LASER. LUTILISATION DE COMMANDES OU DE RGLAGES OU LEXCUTION DE PROCDURES AUTRES QUE CEUX INDIQUS ICI PEUT ENTRANER LEXPOSITION DES RADIATIONS DANGEREUSES. NOUVREZ PAS LES CACHES ET NE PROCDEZ PAS AUX RPARATIONS VOUS-MME. CONFIEZ LENTRETIEN DU PERSONNEL QUALIFI. Ce produit utilise des lasers conformes aux rglementations CEI 60825-1:2014. Ce produit utilise un laser de classe 2. Les lecteurs laser de classe 2 utilisent une diode visible de faible puissance. Comme avec toute source de lumire trs vive, telle que le soleil, lutilisateur doit viter de regarder directement le faisceau lumineux. Lexposition momentane un laser de classe 2 nest pas connue comme tant dangereuse. Attention : les procdures autres que celles indiques ici peuvent entraner lexposition des radiations dangereuses. Informations sur les rayonnements laser Longueur donde : 65510 nm Dure dimpulsion : environ 10 ms Frquence de rptition : environ 1000/18 Hz Puissance max. : 1 mW max Angle de vise : 48,0 horizontal, 38,0 vertical Informations rglementaires (Franais) 25 Usage prvu Usage prvu Ce produit nest pas conu pour tre utilis en tant que ou dans le cadre dquipements/systmes nuclaires, dquipements/

systmes de contrle du trafic arien, dquipements/systmes utiliss dans les cockpits davions*1, dappareils ou accessoires mdicaux*2, de moyens dentretien artificiel de la vie ou dautres quipements/appareils/systmes utiliss pour maintenir la vie humaine ou pour assurer la scurit. La socit Panasonic ne peut tre tenue responsable en cas dutilisation du produit non conforme lusage prvu.

*1 Les SYSTMES/QUIPEMENTS DE POSTE DE PILOTAGE DAVION sont dots de systmes OEPP (organiseur lectronique de poste de pilotage) de classe 2 et de classe 1 utiliss pendant des phases critiques de vol (par exemple, pendant le dcollage et latterrissage) et(ou) monts sur lavion. Les systmes OEPP de classe 1 et de classe 2 sont dfinis par le circulaire dinformation FAA : AC (Advisory Circular) 120-76A ou le feuillet JAA : JAA TGL (Temporary Guidance Leaflets) No 36.

*2 Comme indiqu dans la directive europenne portant sur les dispositifs mdicaux 93/42/CEE. Panasonic ne peut garantir les exigences en matire de spcifications, de technologies, de fiabilit, de scurit (exigences en matire dinflammabilit/de fume/de toxicit/dmissions radiofrquence, etc.) des normes de laviation et des quipements mdicaux qui ne correspondent pas aux spcifications de nos produits COTS (disponibles sur le march). Ce produit nest pas conu pour tre utilis dans des quipements mdicaux, dont des moyens dentretien artificiel de la vie, des systmes de contrle du trafic arien ou dautres quipements, appareils ou systmes utiliss pour maintenir la vie humaine ou pour assurer la scurit. La socit Panasonic ne peut en aucun cas tre tenue responsable des dommages ou des pertes 26 rsultant de lutilisation du produit dans ces types dquipements, dappareils ou de systmes, etc. Ce produit a t conu pour limiter les chocs au niveau de lcran LCD, la fuite de liquides

(eau, etc.) sur les boutons, etc., mais ces problmes ne sont en aucun cas exclus. Par consquent, vous devez tre extrmement prudent lorsque vous manipulez le produit, qui est un instrument de prcision. Informations gnrales Informations gnrales ATTENTION Il y a risque dexplosion si la batterie est remplace par une batterie de type incorrect. Mettre au rebut les batteries usages conformment aux instructions. Explications relatives aux symboles graphiques prsents sur la plaque signaltique

: Courant continu ATTENTION La lumire de la diode LED est forte et peut blesser loeil humain. Ne regardez pas directement les LED si vos yeux ne sont pas protgs. Possibles radiations optiques dangereuses mise par la lumire de la LED de cette camra. Ne regardez pas vers la camra en fonctionnement si vous vous trouvez moins de 330 mm de distance. Vous risqueriez de vous blesser les yeux. Cbles et adaptateurs USB type C Utilisez uniquement des adaptateurs secteur Type C USB Utilisez uniquement des adaptateurs Type C USB homologus UL homologus UL.

(cbles dalimentation ICT). Informations de recyclage Lappareil que vous vous tes procur est aliment par une batterie au lithium-ion. Pour des renseignements sur le recyclage de la batterie, veuillez composer le 1-800-8-

BATTERY. librement participer. Les produits cible sont des quipements de bureau tels que les ordinateurs, moniteurs, imprimantes, tlcopieurs et photocopieurs. Les standards dfinis et les logos utiliss sont identiques dans tous les pays participants.

<Uniquement pour le modle ntant pas muni du logo ci-

dessus sur lordinateur>

Ce modle nest pas certifi ENERGY STAR. ENERGY STAR

<Uniquement pour le modle muni du logo ci-dessus sur lordinateur>

Partenaire ENERGY STAR, Panasonic Corporation propose des produits conformes aux recommandations ENERGY STAR pour la gestion de lnergie. Par lactivation des rglages de gestion de consommation dnergie disponibles, les ordinateurs Panasonic passent en mode de veille faible consommation dnergie aprs une certaine priode dinactivit, procurant ainsi des conomies dnergie lutilisateur. Prsentation du programme ENERGY STAR international en matire dquipements de bureautique Ce programme international a pour objectif de normaliser les fonctions dconomie dnergie pour les ordinateurs et les quipements de bureau. Il soutient le dveloppement et la diffusion de produits proposant des fonctions permettant une gestion efficace de lnergie. Cest un systme ouvert auquel les entreprises peuvent Informations rglementaires (Franais) 27 sans fil utilise une unit de mesure appele dbit dabsorption spcifique ou DAS. La limite DAS fixe par ISDE est de 1,6 W/kg. Les valeurs de DAS les plus leves obtenues pour ce produit se trouvent dans le Manuel de rfrence ladresse https://pc-dl.panasonic.co.jp/itn/manual/menu_en.html Ce produit a ete teste et declare conforme aux directives dexposition aux radiofrequences lors de lutilisation avec un accessoire Panasonic concu pour ce produit ou lors du positionnement a 0 mm minimum du corps sans aucune piece metallique a proximite du produit. En cas dutilisation avec dautres accessoires, il est possible que la conformit aux directives dexposition aux radiofrquences (RF) ne soit pas assure. Pour le Canada Pour le Canada Innovation, Sciences et Dveloppement conomique Canada

(ISDE) Le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR dISDE applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. Lexploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes :

(1) lappareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et

(2) lappareil doit accepter tout brouillage radiolectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est susceptible den compromettre le fonctionnement. Utilisation Wi-Fi Ce produit (appareils pour rseaux locaux) pour les bandes de frquences 5 150-5 250 MHz est rserv une utilisation lintrieur afin de rduire le risque dinterfrence avec les systmes satellites mobiles utilisant les mmes canaux. Les radars forte puissance sont dsigns comme tant les premiers utilisateurs

(cest--dire quils ont la priorit) des bandes de frquences 5 250-

5 350 MHz et 5 650-5 850 MHz. Ces radars peuvent provoquer des interfrences et/ou des dommages aux dispositifs LAN-EL (rseaux locaux exempts de licence). Information sur lexposition aux radiofrquences (RF) Ce produit est conforme aux limites dexposition dISDE tablies pour un environnement non contrl. Ce produit est un metteur-

rcepteur radio. Il a t conu et fabriqu de faon ne pas dpasser les limites dmission tablies par ISDE pour lexposition lnergie des radiofrquences (RF). Ces directives sont fondes sur des normes labores par des organisations scientifiques indpendantes au moyen dune valuation priodique et rigoureuse dtudes scientifiques. Ces normes comprennent une marge de scurit substantielle conue pour assurer la scurit de toutes les personnes, quel que soit leur ge ou leur tat de sant. La norme dexposition pour les combins 28 Informations relatives aux marques commerciales et aux licences (Franais) Si les informations relatives aux licences en langue franaise ci-dessous ne vous semblent pas claires, veuillez considrer en priorit les informations relatives aux licences que vous trouverez dans le mode demploi anglais. Marques commerciales La marque et les logos Bluetooth sont des marques commerciales dposes de Bluetooth SIG, Inc. et toute utilisation de ces marques par Panasonic Corporation est soumise une licence. Tous les autres noms de marque ou marques commerciales appartiennent leurs propritaires respectifs. Le logo microSDXC est une marque commerciale de SD-3C, LLC. N-Mark est une marque commerciale, dpose ou non, de NFC Forum, Inc. aux tats-Unis et dans dautres pays. Android et Google sont des marques de Google LLC. Wi-Fi, le logo Wi-Fi, le logo Wi-Fi CERTIFIED et Wi-Fi CERTIFIED sont des marques commerciales, dposes ou non, de Wi-Fi Alliance. Les autres marques commerciales indiques dans le prsent document sont la proprit de leurs dtenteurs respectifs. Informations relatives aux licences Ce produit est concd en licence au titre du contrat de licence de portefeuille de brevets MPEG-4 Visual pour lusage personnel et non commercial du consommateur aux fins

(i) de lencodage vido en conformit avec la norme MPEG-4 Visual (vido MPEG-4) et/ou

(ii) du dcodage de vidos MPEG-4 encodes par un consommateur dans le cadre dun usage personnel et non commercial et/ou fournies par un fournisseur de vido autoris par MPEG LA fournir des vidos MPEG-4. Aucune licence nest concde titre exprs ou implicite pour tout autre usage que ce soit. Des informations complmentaires, notamment celles relatives aux usages promotionnels, internes et commerciaux, peuvent tre obtenues auprs de MPEG LA, LLC. Voir http://www.mpegla.com. Ce produit est concd en licence au titre du contrat de licence de portefeuille de brevets AVC pour lusage personnel et non rmunr du consommateur aux fins

(i) de lencodage vido en conformit avec la norme AVC (vido AVC) et/ou

(ii) du dcodage de vidos AVC encodes par un consommateur dans le cadre dun usage personnel et/ou fournies par un fournisseur de vido autoris fournir des vidos AVC. Aucune licence nest concde titre exprs ou implicite pour tout autre usage que ce soit. Des informations complmentaires peuvent tre obtenues auprs de MPEG LA, LLC. Voir http://www.mpegla.com. Ce produit contient un logiciel fourni sous licence conformment la Licence publique gnrale GNU version 2.0 (General Public License, GPL version 2.0), la Licence publique gnrale limite GNU (Lesser General Public License, LGPL) ou toute autre licence. Le programme est un logiciel gratuit, vous pouvez le copier, le redistribuer et le modifier conformment aux conditions de la Informations relatives aux marques commerciales et aux licences (Franais) 29 Ce produit inclut dautres logiciels libres ou ouverts. Pour plus de dtails concernant les logiciels (y compris les informations relatives aux licences), reportez-vous aux informations affiches sur lcran suivant : faites glisser lcran daccueil vers le haut puis, dans la liste des applications, appuyez sur [Paramtres]

[ propos de la tablette] [Informations lgales]. licence GPL version 2.0, la licence LGPL ou toute autre licence.Au moins trois (3) ans aprs la livraison des produits, Panasonic Mobile Communications Co., Ltd. fournira tous les tiers nous contactant aux coordonnes indiques ci-dessous, pour des frais nexcdant pas le cot de lexcution physique de la distribution du code source, une copie complte, pouvant tre lue par un ordinateur, du code source correspondant couvert par les licences GPL version 2.0 et LGPL ou toute autre licence. Coordonnes oss-cd-request@gg.jp.panasonic.com Le code source est galement disponible gratuitement pour le public via le site Web indiqu ci-dessous. https://panasonic.net/cns/oss/index.html Veuillez noter que nous ne pouvons pas rpondre aux demandes concernant le code source. Pour plus de dtails concernant le logiciel pertinent (y compris les informations relatives aux licences GPL version 2.0 et LGPL), reportez-vous aux informations affiches sur lcran suivant :

faites glisser lcran daccueil vers le haut puis, dans la liste des applications, appuyez sur [Paramtres] [ propos de la tablette] [Informations lgales]. Ce produit comprend un logiciel dvelopp par OpenSSL Project dans le but dtre utilis avec lOpenSSL Toolkit.

(http://www.openssl.org/source/license.html) Ce produit comprend un logiciel du groupe Independent JPEG Group. Ce logiciel est partiellement bas sur le travail du groupe Independent JPEG Group. Certaines parties de ce logiciel sont protges par des droits dauteur du FreeType Project (www.freetype.org) en date de 2017. Tous droits rservs. Ce logiciel est en partie bas sur le travail du FreeType Project. Ce produit inclut le logiciel suivant : ICU versions 1.8.1 et plus rcentes, copyright (c) 1995-2011 International Business Machines Corporation et autres. 30 Accessoires (Franais) Pour obtenir les dernires informations concernant les produits en option, reportez-vous aux catalogues des produits, etc. Nom du produit Numro de modle Adaptateur secteur Batterie Station daccueil Baie de chargement pour 5 batteries Courroie de main Schultergurt Stylet Cble extensible CF-AA6413AM FZ-VZSUT10U FZ-VZSUT11U FZ-VEBA21U FZ-VCBT131 FZ-VSTA31 CF-VNS331U CF-VNP025U CF-VNT002U Film de protection (5 feuilles) FZ-VPFA31 Accessoires (Franais) 31 Two Riverfront Plaza, Newark, NJ 07102, USA 5770 Ambler Drive, Mississauga, Ontario L4W 2T3 Web Site : https://panasonic.net/cns/pc/

Panasonic Mobile Communications Co., Ltd. 2019 Printed in Japan

*DHQX1669ZA/J1*

DHQX1669ZA/J1 C1219-0

Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Tablet Computer Model No. FZ-A3 series Table of Contents Table of Contents Introduction ..............................................................................................4 About this manual .............................................................................................................4 Disclaimers ........................................................................................................................4 Handling cautions .............................................................................................................5 Trademarks ........................................................................................................................7 Getting started ..........................................................................................8 Confirming the included items ........................................................................................8 Description of parts ..........................................................................................................8 Opening and closing the DC input jack cover/USB port cover ..................................12 Installing and removing the battery ..............................................................................13 Installing an SD card .......................................................................................................15 Installing a SIM card (models supporting cellular transmission only) ......................16 Replacing the battery (Battery hot swap) .....................................................................16 Charging the battery .......................................................................................................17 Turning the unit on and off ............................................................................................18 Screen description .................................................................................19 Home screen ....................................................................................................................19 Navigation buttons ..........................................................................................................19 Status bar .........................................................................................................................19 Notifications panel ..........................................................................................................20 Icons .................................................................................................................................20 Customizing the home screen .......................................................................................21 Input ........................................................................................................23 Typing and voice input ...................................................................................................23 Using the keyboard .........................................................................................................23 Connectivity ............................................................................................24 Mobile network (models supporting cellular transmission only) ...............................24 Wi-Fi .................................................................................................................................25 Bluetooth .........................................................................................................................27 Airplane mode .................................................................................................................28 USB connection ..............................................................................................................28 SD memory card ..............................................................................................................28 Security ...................................................................................................29 Locking the screen .........................................................................................................29 Encrypting the SD card ..................................................................................................29

[DeviceManagement] app ...............................................................................................30 Settings ...................................................................................................31

[Settings] app ..................................................................................................................31 Power options menu .......................................................................................................32

[Dashboard] app ..............................................................................................................32

[UserButtonManager] app ..............................................................................................33 Customized silent mode .................................................................................................34

[Panasonic Enterprise Launcher] app ..........................................................................35 Touch operation settings ...............................................................................................35 Accessibility settings .....................................................................................................35 2 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Table of Contents Apps ........................................................................................................37 Starting apps ...................................................................................................................37 Preinstalled apps ............................................................................................................37 Camera ....................................................................................................40 Taking pictures ................................................................................................................40 Recording videos ............................................................................................................40 Using the option menu ...................................................................................................40 Camera settings ..............................................................................................................41 NFC card reader/writer ..........................................................................42 Barcode reader (equipped models only) .............................................43 Configuring the barcode reader ....................................................................................43 Using the barcode reader ...............................................................................................43 Hardware diagnostics ............................................................................44 About hardware diagnostics ..........................................................................................44 Running hardware diagnostics ......................................................................................44 Saving or checking the system log and diagnosis results .........................................46 Troubleshooting .....................................................................................47 General information ........................................................................................................47 Starting up .......................................................................................................................47 Shutting down .................................................................................................................47 Screen ..............................................................................................................................47 Indicator ...........................................................................................................................48 Touch screen operation .................................................................................................48 Connectivity .....................................................................................................................49 Sound ...............................................................................................................................49 Other .................................................................................................................................49 Appendix .................................................................................................51 Factory data reset ...........................................................................................................51 Tips for battery usage .....................................................................................................51 Updating the software ....................................................................................................52 Regulatory information ...................................................................................................54 Specifications ..................................................................................................................55 Accessories .....................................................................................................................58 WARRANTY for U.S.A .....................................................................................................59 WARRANTY for Canada .................................................................................................63 WARRANTY for Europe ..................................................................................................67 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 3 Introduction Introduction About this manual Thank you for purchasing this Panasonic product. For optimum performance and safety, please read these instructions carefully. This manual describes the preparation of the unit for use, and the operations and settings of the main features. Descriptions in this document are based on models with GMS (Google Mobile Services). Panasonic Corporation and/or its affiliates are referred to collectively as we or Panasonic. This product supports microSD, microSDHC, and microSDXC memory cards. In this document, the term SD card is used as a generic term for any supported memory card. This product supports Nano SIM cards (certain models only). In this document, the term SIM card is used as a generic term for any supported SIM card. Information in this document is subject to change without notice. For the latest information about optional products, refer to the product catalogs, etc. This manual is written with the display language set to US English. Disclaimers Some illustrations in this document may look different from the actual product. Also, the details of the descriptions may vary due to differences between the software versions or automatic updates of some software. To confirm the OS version, swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap

[Settings] [About tablet] confirm under [Android version]. The details of the descriptions may vary due to differences between the software versions or automatic updates of some software. To confirm the OS version, swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [About tablet] confirm under [Android version]. Panasonic assumes no liability for damage incurred from customer misuse or use under other irregular conditions, and damage resulting from the use or the unavailable use of the product. Panasonic shall not be liable for loss of data or other incidental or consequential damages resulting from the use of this product. This product can download, store, forward, and receive additional content, such as applications, ringtones, contact information, and media files. The use of such content may be restricted or prohibited by the rights of third parties, including but not limited to restriction under applicable copyright laws. You are entirely responsible for additional content that you download to or forward from this product; Panasonic is not responsible for such content or its use. Before using such content, it is your responsibility to verify that your intended use is properly licensed or is otherwise authorized. Panasonic does not warrant or guarantee the accuracy, integrity or quality of any additional content or any other third-party content. Under no circumstances will Panasonic be liable in any way for the improper use of additional content or other third-party content by this product or its operator. This document and any related product documentation may refer to services and applications that are provided by third parties. The use of such services or programs may require separate registration with the third party provider and may be subject to additional terms of use. For applications accessed on or through a third-party web site, please review the web sites terms of use and applicable privacy policy in advance. Panasonic does not warrant or guarantee the availability or performance of any third-party web sites, services, or applications. Descriptions in this document are based on Wi-Fi models. The availability of some functions depends on your units specifications and the locale of purchase. See Specifications (page 55) for information about your unit. 4 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Introduction Handling cautions General use Operating environment Temperature:

Operation: -20 C to 50 C {-4 F to 122 F} (IEC60068-2-1, 2)*1 Storage: -30 C to 70 C {-22 F to 158 F}

Humidity:

Operation: 30 % to 80 % RH (No condensation) Storage: 30 % to 90 % RH (No condensation) Even within the above temperature/humidity ranges, operation for a long time in extreme environments, smoking nearby, or operation in places where oil is used or where there is a lot of dust will result in product deterioration and will shorten the product life. Also, when using the product in cold environments, the product may take longer to start up and battery operation time may be reduced. If the product is wet in temperatures of 0 C {32 F} or below, freeze damage may occur. Make sure to dry off the product in such temperatures.

*1 Do not directly touch this product with your bare hands when using it in a hot or cold environment. Do not place the product in the following areas, as doing so may damage the product. Near electric appliances. The image may be distorted or noise may occur. This product is designed to reduce physical shock applied to the LCD and internal electrical components

(camera, etc.). However, protection against malfunction due to such shock is not guaranteed. As with any portable device, precautions should be taken to avoid any damage. When operating the screen using the dedicated stylus, do not firmly press it down. Doing so may damage the dedicated stylus or result in scratches or dents on the display. Do not place objects on the surface of the product or press down hard on the product with sharp objects. The display surface may get scratched. Do not damage the panels of the battery status indicator, rear camera, and photo light. Do not use the dedicated stylus when dust or dirt (e.g., oil) is on the display. Otherwise foreign particles on the screen/dedicated stylus may scratch the display surface or obstruct operation of the dedicated stylus. Use the dedicated stylus only for touching the display. Using it for any other purpose may damage the dedicated stylus and result in scratches on the display. Confirm the safety and security of software before downloading or installing it on the product. Installing malware or viruses can cause malfunction and the disclosure of any private information stored in the product, or may cause excessive sound volume. Turn off the product before removing the SIM card or SD card. Failure to do so can result in data loss or damage to the SIM card, SD card, or product. Do not place the product near a television or radio receiver. This may cause television or radio interference. Keep the product away from magnets. Failure to do so may cause malfunction. When using the product in a vehicle, it may affect electronic devices in the vehicle depending on the vehicle type. Confirm the effects from radio waves with the vehicle manufacturer or sales dealer before use. It is illegal in many areas to record a call without permission. Always ask the other party for permission before recording a call. Follow these instructions and this manual to avoid any damage to the devices. Carefully read the instruction manuals of the peripheral devices. Use peripheral devices that conform to the products specifications. Connect to the connectors in the correct direction. If a connector is hard to insert, do not try forcibly. Check its shape, direction, alignment of pins, etc. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 5 Introduction Protecting your data To prevent accidental loss of data, we recommend that you regularly back up any important data that you store in the product, SIM card, and SD card. To prevent the unintended disclosure of private information, always confirm the destination before sending messages, file attachments, or any other communications, such as email. To prevent the unintended disclosure of sensitive information stored in the SD card, we recommend using the products encryption feature (page 29). Before disposing of the product or handing the product over to a third party, remove the SIM card, SD card, and any other accessories. Before disposing of the product or handing the product over to a third party, perform a factory data reset

(page 51) to erase any data stored in the product. Before using Wi-Fi or Bluetooth features, take appropriate action to secure your data. Waterproof/dustproof The product is waterproof/dustproof when the DC input jack cover, USB port cover, and headset jack cover are closed, and the battery is attached. Therefore, keep water and dust away from products internal components, accessories, and optional products. To prevent liquids, sand, dust, or any foreign objects from entering the product, always keep the cover and battery clean and make sure to firmly close the cover after opening. Take care not to get anything caught between the covers or between the battery and the product. Do not use the product if the gasket of the DC input jack cover, USB port cover, or headset jack cover, or the battery is damaged, deformed, or peeled off. If the product is exposed to water droplets, wipe them off with a dry, soft cloth and shake the product to remove the water droplets, then dry thoroughly. Do not leave any water droplets on the product. Water droplets may cause the DC input jack, USB port or headset jack to short circuit, or create smears on the screen. If the product is wet, wipe off the moisture before connecting with peripheral devices. Do not dry the product with an appliance or heat source such as a microwave oven or dryer. Use the charger (included/optional) while dry and do not use it in places with water such as bathrooms because it is not waterproof/dustproof. Maintenance When cleaning the product, make sure to turn it off. When cleaning the product, wipe it with a soft, dry cloth. An alcohol-based disinfectant may be used if necessary. If the product is particularly dirty, thoroughly wring a cloth soaked in water, wipe off the dirt, and then wipe with a dry cloth. Do not clean the product with solvents such as benzene, thinner, or strong alkaline detergent because they may affect the surface of the product. Battery The battery is a consumable item. Depending on the usage conditions, it may swell as it reaches the end of its life. When the typical battery life of approximately one year or about 500 charge cycles is exceeded, the battery deteriorates. If the battery begins to swell, or the amount of time it can be used after a full charge becomes dramatically shorter, the battery should be replaced with a new one. Contact your technical support representative. Do not touch the terminals of the battery. Failure to observe this may cause poor contact. When the battery is left installed in the product, it discharges electricity gradually in small amounts even if the products power is off. If left for a long period (several months or more), the battery will over discharge and its performance may deteriorate. Store the battery in environments with an ambient temperature of -20 C to 35 C (-4 F to 95 F). If the battery is stored in other environments, battery performance and battery life may be reduced. 6 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Introduction When storing or transporting the battery, make sure that the batterys terminals do not become dirty and that no foreign objects or debris become attached to the batterys terminals. If battery charging is not completed after the specified charging time has passed, remove the battery from the product. The battery protection device may be damaged. You cannot charge an installed battery if it is not recognized by the product. Make sure that you use the specified battery. Dispose properly in compliance with local waste regulations. Trademarks The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Panasonic Corporation is under license. microSDXC Logo is a trademark of SD-3C, LLC. The N-Mark is a trademark or registered trademark of NFC Forum, Inc. in the United States and in other countries. Android and Google are trademarks of Google LLC. Wi-Fi, the Wi-Fi logo, the Wi-Fi CERTIFIED logo and Wi-Fi CERTIFIED are trademarks or registered trademarks of Wi-Fi Alliance. FeliCa is a contactless IC card technology developed by Sony Corporation. FeliCa is a trademark of Sony Corporation. All other trademarks identified herein are the property of their respective owners. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 7 Getting started Getting started Confirming the included items If any items are missing, please contact your technical support representative. Main unit 1 Battery (Model number FZ-VZSUT10) 2 AC adaptor (Model number CF-AA6413A) 1 Operating Instructions - Read Me First 1

<Only for North America models>

Stylus Pen 1 Pen Tether 1 Description of parts Front view / bottom view A Ambient light sensor, proximity sensor The ambient light sensor automatically adjusts the screen brightness. When the proximity sensor detects a hand, object, etc. during a voice call (hands-free), it decreases the volume. B Front camera C Microphone 8 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Getting started D Display (touch panel) Glove mode: Can be operated while using gloves. Rain mode: Prevents misoperation in wet conditions. E Side button F Speaker G Application button [A1] (Page 19) H Application button [A2] (Page 19) I Application button [A3] (Page 19) J Volume buttons K Power button (page 18) L Indicator Orange, lit: Battery is charging Green, lit: Battery charging is complete Red, lit: Battery level is 14 % or less of a full charge M Cradle rail Used when connecting the unit to an optional cradle, etc. N Expansion bus connector Used when connecting an optional cradle, etc.

<Only for North America models>

O External antenna connector Used when connecting the external antenna. Do not use the external antenna at a distance of 20 cm or less from a human body. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 9 Getting started Rear view / side view A Battery status indicator (Battery 1/Battery 2) Off: Battery level is sufficient Red, lit: Battery level is 14 % or less of a full charge B Photo light Can be used when taking pictures. C Rear camera D Strap attachment hole E Mobile antenna (internal) F Pen holder G Cover latch H Cover latch lock I SIM card cover (page 16) J microSD card cover (page 15) 10 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual K Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, GPS, mobile antenna (internal) L NFC antenna (internal) When using an NFC card or other NFC device, touch the card/device to this area of the unit. Getting started M Wi-Fi antenna (internal) N Headset jack cover O Headset jack P DC input jack cover (page 12) Q DC input jack (page 17) R USB port cover (page 12) S USB 2.0 (Type-A) port T USB 3.1 (Type-C) port IMPORTANT Observe the following to ensure the waterproof and dustproof performance of the unit. Make sure the headset jack cover is securely closed when the headset jack is not being used. When closing the headset jack cover, make sure there is no debris lodged in the gasket that seals the cover. Make sure the gasket of the headset jack cover is not damaged, deformed, or peeled off. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 11 Getting started Opening and closing the DC input jack cover/USB port cover Opening the cover 1. Unlock the cover by sliding it in the direction of the arrow until you hear a click. 2. Open the cover by pulling the top edge of the cover (i.e., the edge closest to the top of the unit) away from the unit. Closing the cover 1. Close the cover firmly. 2. Slide the cover in the direction of the arrow until you hear a click. Close the cover firmly until the red area (circled in the illustration) of the cover is no longer visible. IMPORTANT Observe the following to ensure the waterproof and dustproof performance of the unit. Make sure the DC input jack cover and USB port cover are securely closed when the DC input When closing the DC input jack cover or USB port cover, make sure there is no debris lodged in Make sure the gasket of the DC input jack cover and USB port cover are not damaged, deformed, jack and USB port are not being used. the gasket that seals the cover. or peeled off. 12 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Getting started Installing and removing the battery If the cover latch is closed, open it (page 14). Installing the battery 1. Insert the tabs at the batterys terminal side into the notches of the unit (A), and then lower the battery into place (B). 2. Press down firmly on the outside edges of the battery to seal it closed. 3. Close the cover latch (A) and lock it (B) by sliding the switch (circled in the illustration) toward

. If the gap above the latch or the red area inside the switch is visible, the latch is not properly closed or locked. IMPORTANT Observe the following to ensure the waterproof and dustproof performance of the unit. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 13 Getting started When installing the battery, make sure there is no debris lodged in the gasket of the battery and the unit. Make sure the gasket of the unit is not damaged, deformed, or peeled off. Always make sure the battery is securely installed and locked. Removing the battery Make sure to turn off the unit before replacing the battery. 1. Unlock the cover latch by sliding the switch (circled in the illustration) away from

(A), and then open the cover latch by sliding it (B). 2. Insert your fingertip into the bottom-right groove of the battery (circled in the illustration), lift the battery

(A) and then remove it (B). IMPORTANT Do not remove the battery while the unit is wet. When the unit is wet, remove the water by wiping off the water droplets and thoroughly drying the unit before removing the battery. (See Waterproof/dustproof (page 6).) 14 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Getting started Installing an SD card When installing or removing an SD card, place the unit on a flat surface. If a battery is installed, remove it (page 14). 1. Open the card slot cover (A), and then insert the microSD card into the microSD card slot (B). Install only microSD cards. Hold the microSD card so that the metal terminals are facing down, and insert with the notch facing in the same direction of the circled area in the illustration below. 2. Slide the microSD card until you hear a click. To remove a microSD card, push it slightly into the slot to eject it. 3. Close the card slot cover until you hear a click. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 15 Getting started Installing a SIM card (models supporting cellular transmission only) When installing or removing a SIM card, place the unit on a flat surface. If a battery is installed, remove it (page 14). 1. Open the card slot cover (A), and then insert the Nano SIM card into the Nano SIM card slot (B). Install only Nano SIM cards. Hold the SIM card so that the metal terminals are facing down, and insert with the notch facing in the same direction of the circled area in the illustration below. 2. Slide the Nano SIM card until you hear a click. To remove a Nano SIM card, push it slightly into the slot to eject it. 3. Close the card slot cover until you hear a click. Replacing the battery (Battery hot swap) You can replace the battery without turning the unit off. Replace the battery within 30 seconds. If more than 30 seconds has passed, apps that are running are forced to close and you may lose unsaved data. During hot swapping, all wireless functions are turned off temporarily. 1. Press and hold

(power button) until the power options dialog is displayed, and then tap [Battery Hot Swap]. You can also operate from [Hot Swap] in the app list. 2. Follow the on-screen instructions. It may take some time until the indicator turns off. 3. Replace the battery. IMPORTANT When hot swapping the battery, use a sufficiently charged battery. Make sure the unit is not accessing the microSD card or SIM card before hot swapping the battery. Do not remove the SD card or SIM card while hot swapping the battery. Make sure you save any important data before hot swapping the battery. 16 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Getting started Charging the battery The battery is not charged at the time of purchase. Charge the battery before turning on the unit for the first time or after an extended period of storage. This section explains how to connect the AC adaptor (CF-AA6413A) and charge. 1. Open the DC input jack cover (page 12). 2. Connect the AC adaptor as shown below. The AC cord may vary depending on the country. Charge the battery in environments with an ambient temperature of 10 C to 35 C (50 F to 95 F). The indicator lights in orange while the battery is charging, and lights in green when charging is The unit prevents overcharging of the battery by charging only when the remaining battery level is less than approximately 96 % of its full capacity. complete. Note Remove any dust or water droplets from plugs before connecting them. Do not use excessive force when inserting plugs or insert them at an angle. Confirming the battery level The battery level is displayed in the upper-right corner of the screen, in the status bar. Fully charged Charging Very low You can also confirm the specific amount of battery level remaining. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the App list, tap [Settings] [Battery]. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 17 Getting started Press and hold

(power button) for more than 2 seconds. until the power options dialog is displayed. Turning the unit on and off Turning the unit on Turning the unit off 1. Press and hold 2. Tap [Power off]. To restart the unit, tap [Restart]. Turning the screen on and off Going into sleep mode 1. Press

. Waking up from sleep 1. Press 2. Swipe up the screen to release the screen lock. Configuring the unit for the first time The first time you turn the unit on, you will be prompted to configure the initial settings. Follow the on-screen instructions and configure each item as needed. An internet connection is required to configure certain items. 18 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Screen description Home screen Screen description The home screen is the main screen from which you can launch apps, check widgets, etc. You can customize the home screen to suit your needs by adding, moving, and removing items as desired.

(Customizing the home screen (page 21)) You can also view a list of all installed apps in the app list by swiping up the home screen. You can display the home screen at any time by tapping

. Navigation buttons The navigation buttons are available in most screens and help you navigate the units screens. Returns to the previous screen or closes the current dialog box, menu, etc. Displays the home screen. Displays a list of recently used apps. Once the list is displayed, tap an app to launch it, or swipe left or right to remove an app from the list. You can also tap and hold this while an app is running to split the screen and display two apps at the same time. To return to single screen, swipe the middle line up or down. The unit also features physical buttons that can be used to access various functions quickly. The default button assignments are described below. A1 A2 A3 The same function as The same function as

. Displays the list of options (if available) for the current screen. Side buttons No function by default. Camera button Press and hold to launch the camera app. When using the camera app, press this button to take a picture, start and stop video recording, etc. Some buttons can be customized using the [UserButtonManager] app (page 33). Status bar The status bar is displayed at the top of the screen when using most apps. It displays icons that let you know the status of the battery, network signal, and other features. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 19 Screen description Notifications panel The notifications panel provides detailed information about incoming email messages, app updates, calendar events, etc. You can open the notifications panel by swiping down from the top of the screen toward the center of the screen. To close the notifications panel, swipe up the screen. While the notifications panel is open, you can swipe down/up to show or hide the hidden items. While the notifications panel is open, you can tap a notification and open the corresponding app, adjust the screen brightness, or switch the displayed apps on and off. You can also swipe a notification left or right to delete it from the panel. to move to [Settings] app. to move or add apps, or to reset the notification panel. Tap Tap Icons Status icons Status icons are displayed in the right side of the status bar. Some commonly displayed icons are explained below.

*1 You can also use the [Settings] app to view details about battery usage. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Battery]. Battery is fully charged*1 Battery is charging*1 Battery level is very low*1 Do not disturb mode is active Pen mode is active Glove mode is active Rain mode is active Airplane mode is active Bluetooth is enabled Unit is connected to a Wi-Fi network 20 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Screen description Unit is not connected to a Wi-Fi network Portable Wi-Fi hotspot is active NFC is active Unit is connected to a mobile network (models supporting cellular transmission only) Unit is not connected to a mobile network (models supporting cellular transmission only) Notification icons Notification icons are displayed in the left side of the status bar and in the notifications panel. Some commonly displayed icons are explained below. Customized silent mode is active New email received New Gmail received (models with GMS only) USB tethering is enabled (models supporting cellular transmission only) Multiple tethering methods are enabled (models supporting cellular transmission only) App updates are available (models with GMS only) App was updated successfully (models with GMS only) Customizing the home screen Adding app shortcuts/folders to the home screen 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, find the desired app. 2. Tap and hold the desired app, and then move it slightly. The screen switches to the home screen. 3. Drag the app and drop it in the home screen. A folder will be created if you overlap it with another app. To change the folder name, tap [Unnamed Folder] while the folder is open. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 21 Screen description Adding widgets to the home screen 1. Tap and hold a blank area in the home screen. 2. Tap [Widgets]. 3. Scroll to find the desired widget. 4. Tap and hold the desired widget. The screen switches to the home screen. 5. Drag the widget and drop it in the home screen. Moving or deleting items in the home screen 1. Tap and hold the item, and then move it slightly. 2. Drag the item to the desired location (to move) or to [Remove] at the top of the screen (to delete). Changing the wallpaper in the home screen 1. Tap and hold a blank area in the home screen. 2. Tap [Wallpapers]. 3. Select the app, and then tap [JUST ONCE] or [ALWAYS]. 4. Select an image to set as the wallpaper, and then tap [Set wallpaper]. Configuring the home screen 1. Tap and hold a blank area in the home screen. 2. Tap [Home settings]. 3. Follow the on-screen instructions and configure the desired settings as necessary. 22 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Input Input Typing and voice input Using the keyboard Changing the default keyboard The units keyboard is displayed automatically when you tap a text entry field or when you are prompted to enter information. You can type using the on-screen keyboard; in some cases, you can also enter text by speaking. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [System] [Languages &

input]. input]. 2. Tap [Virtual keyboard], and then select the desired keyboard. Changing the keyboard language 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [System] [Languages &

2. Tap [Virtual keyboard], select the desired keyboard, and then configure the desired settings according to your needs. If the desired keyboard is not shown, tap [Virtual keyboard] [Manage keyboards], and then select the desired keyboard. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 23 Connectivity Connectivity Mobile network (models supporting cellular transmission only) You can use the unit to connect to a mobile network and access emails and the Internet. Mobile network-related settings are available by swiping up the home screen, and then in the app list, tapping

[Settings] [Network & internet] [Mobile network]. Note Attach a SIM card before using a mobile network. The wireless WAN antenna is contained in the gray area indicated in the illustration below. Covering the area around the antenna with your hand may affect the signal quality. Changing the preferred mobile network mode You can select the preferred mobile network mode used for mobile network connections. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Network & internet] [Mobile network] [Advanced] [Preferred network mode]*1. Depending on your model, [Preferred network type] may be displayed.

*1 2. Select the preferred network mode. 24 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Connectivity Wi-Fi Note You can use the unit to connect to a wireless LAN access point and access emails and the Internet. The Wi-Fi antenna is contained in the gray area indicated in the illustration below. Covering the area around the antenna with your hand may affect the signal quality. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Network & internet]

Turning Wi-Fi on and off

[Wi-Fi]. 2. Tap the switch to turn Wi-Fi on or off. Connecting to a Wi-Fi access point

[Wi-Fi]. Make sure that Wi-Fi is turned on. 2. Select the desired network name. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Network & internet]

If the desired network name is not displayed, you may need to enter the network name (SSID) manually. See Entering the network name (SSID) manually (page 25) for more information. If you are connecting to a network with security protection, enter the password. 3. 4. Tap [CONNECT]. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Network & internet]

2. Tap [Add network]. 3. Enter the network name (SSID), then select the networks security type and enter the password, if Entering the network name (SSID) manually

[Wi-Fi]. Make sure that Wi-Fi is turned on. required. 4. Tap [SAVE]. Selecting the frequency band used for Wi-Fi 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Network & internet]

[Wi-Fi]. Make sure that Wi-Fi is turned on. 2. Tap [Wi-Fi preferences] [Advanced] [Wi-Fi frequency band]. 3. Select the desired setting. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 25 Connectivity Setting a portable Wi-Fi access point (models supporting cellular transmission only) You can use the unit as a Wi-Fi access point to connect other devices that are compatible with wireless LAN to the Internet. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Network & internet] [Hotspot

& tethering] [Wi-Fi hotspot]. 2. Tap the switch to turn Wi-Fi hotspot on or off. 3. Configure the network name, security type, password, etc. as desired. Using peer-to-peer Wi-Fi connections (Wi-Fi Direct) The unit can establish peer-to-peer connections with other devices that are compatible with Wi-Fi Direct. This allows you to directly send and receive data between the unit and other devices without using a wireless access point. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Network & internet]

[Wi-Fi]. Make sure that Wi-Fi is turned on. 2. Tap [Wi-Fi preferences] [Advanced] [Wi-Fi Direct]. 3. Select the desired settings and functions as necessary. Available devices are displayed under [Peer devices]. 26 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Connectivity Bluetooth Note You can use the unit to connect to other Bluetooth-compatible devices. The Bluetooth antenna is contained in the gray area indicated in the illustration below. Covering the area around the antenna with your hand may affect the signal quality. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Connected devices]

Turning Bluetooth on and off

[Connection preferences] [Bluetooth]. 2. Tap the switch to turn Bluetooth on or off. Pairing a Bluetooth device Use this procedure to use the unit to initiate the pairing process, such as when pairing a Bluetooth headset. Make sure that Bluetooth is turned on, and set the other Bluetooth device to pairing mode or discoverable mode. (Refer to the instruction manuals included with the other device for details.) 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Connected devices]

[Connection preferences] [Bluetooth] [Pair new device]. The unit searches for nearby Bluetooth devices, and the names of Bluetooth devices available for pairing are displayed. 2. Tap the name of the device that you want to pair with the unit. 3. Follow the on-screen instructions. Note When the unit receives a connection request from the other Bluetooth device, a pairing request screen is displayed. Follow the on-screen instructions. Removing a paired Bluetooth device 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Connected devices]

[Connection preferences] [Bluetooth]. 2. Tap

[FORGET] of the paired device that you want to remove. Sharing the units Internet connection via Bluetooth (Bluetooth tethering) Use this procedure to use the Bluetooth connection and share the Internet connection with a Bluetooth device that supports PAN profiles. You may not be able to share the units mobile network connection

(models supporting cellular transmission only) depending on your mobile network service provider. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Network & internet] [Hotspot

& tethering]. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 27 Connectivity 2. Tap the [Bluetooth tethering] switch to turn it on. Airplane mode When using the unit where wireless connections are prohibited, such as on airplanes and in hospitals, you can turn off all wireless connections by enabling airplane mode. Once you have turned on airplane mode, you can manually turn certain wireless communication features on again, such as Wi-Fi and Bluetooth. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Network & internet]

Turning airplane mode on and off 2. Tap the [Airplane mode] switch to turn it on or off.

[Advanced]. Note You can also turn airplane mode on and off by using the [Dashboard] app (see page 32). USB connection Connecting the unit to a computer You can use the units micro USB port to connect the unit to a computer or other device. You can connect the unit to a computer and transfer files. Connect the unit to a computer using the USB connection cable and follow the procedure below. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Connected devices]

[USB]. 2. Tap [Transfer files]. Note the data. You can also change the setting by tapping the notification in the notifications panel. Do not remove the USB connection cable while the unit is being accessed. Doing so may corrupt Sharing the units Internet connection via USB (USB tethering) (models supporting cellular transmission only) Use this procedure to use the units USB connection to share the units Internet connection with a computer. You may not be able to share the units mobile network connection (models supporting cellular transmission only) depending on your mobile network service provider. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Network & internet] [Hotspot

& tethering]. 2. Tap the [USB tethering] switch to turn it on. SD memory card See Installing an SD card (page 15) for the card installation procedure. See Encrypting the SD card (page 29) for information about encrypting the contents of the SD card. Confirming the available space on the SD card Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Storage]. 28 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Security Locking the screen Security You can lock the screen to prevent accidental operation. You can also enhance security by requiring a PIN, pattern, or password to prevent the screen from being unlocked. Configuring the screen lock 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Security & location] [Screen lock]. If the screen lock is already configured, you must unlock the unit before configuring a different unlock 2. Select the desired unlock method and then follow the on-screen instructions. method. Note The risk of unauthorized access to the unit is increased when using the [None] and [Swipe] unlock methods as these methods provide little to no security. For increased security, select an unlock method that is unknown to others and difficult to guess. Do not use a password, etc. that you already use for other features. Press

(power button) to put the unit into sleep mode, or wait for the screen to automatically turn off. Locking the screen Encrypting the SD card You can encrypt the contents of the SD card. After it is encrypted, the PIN or password used for unlocking the screen must be entered before the SD card can be mounted. IMPORTANT To prevent the unintended disclosure of sensitive information stored on the SD card, we recommend using this feature to encrypt the SD card. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Security & location]

[Advanced] [Encryption & credentials] [Encrypt SD card]. 2. Tap the [Encryption] switch to turn it on, and then tap [Next]. 3. Enter the units PIN or password, and then tap [

]. This is the same PIN or password used for the screen lock feature (see Locking the screen

(page 29)). 4. Tap [ENCRYPT SD CARD]. Note to charge until the process is finished. Decrypting the SD card Encryption and disabling encryption takes time. Fully charge the battery before starting and continue 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Security & location]

[Advanced] [Encryption & credentials] [Encrypt SD card]. 2. Tap the [Encryption] switch to turn it off, and then tap [Next]. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 29 Security 3. Enter the units PIN or password, and then tap [

]. This is the same PIN or password used for the screen lock feature (see Locking the screen

(page 29)). 4. Tap [DISABLE SD CARD ENCRYPTION].

[DeviceManagement] app You can disable the units individual hardware features to prevent access to certain functions. IMPORTANT A password must be set in order to use this feature. If you forget this password, there is no way to reset it (it is not erased if the unit is reset using the factory data reset utility) and therefore you will no longer be able to change this features settings. If you forget the password, contact your technical support representative. Enabling and disabling certain hardware features 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [DeviceManagement] [Device setting items]. 2. Select the desired feature and then select the desired setting. Repeat this step to change the settings for other features, if desired. 3. Tap [APPLY], enter the password and then tap [OK]. If a password is not set, you will be prompted to create a new one. Some settings will take place the next time the corresponding hardware component is connected, Note mounted, etc. Adding the USB storage 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [DeviceManagement] [Device setting items]. 2. Add USB storage with the following procedures.

[Add device]: Enter the vendor ID or product ID of the USB storage you want to add.

[Do scan]: Scan the connected USB storage, and then tap the USB storage you want to add. Restricting the network connection You can restrict connecting servers or connection methods such as mobile networks or Wi-Fi. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [DeviceManagement] [IP Filter Settings]. 2. Tap [Enable IP Filter] to turn on the checkbox. 3. Tap [Use Filtering Rule X] in Filtering Rule 1 to 5 to turn on the checkbox. 4. Tap [Filtering Network] or [Add IP Address to Accept] of the selected Filtering Rule, and then select the usable connection method or add the allowed server. 5. Tap [APPLY], enter the password and then tap [OK]. If a password is not set, you will be prompted to create a new one. Changing or deleting the password used for [DeviceManagement]

1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [DeviceManagement] [Password settings]. 2. Select the desired item and then follow the on-screen instructions. 30 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Settings

[Settings] app Settings Network & internet Connected devices Battery Display Sound Storage Security & location Accounts Accessibility Digital Wellbeing Configure the units settings. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] to display the settings menu. Suggestions for frequently used settings are displayed at the top of the settings menu, and you can display or hide them using at the right side.

The settings are grouped into the categories below. Contains settings related to Wi-Fi, mobile networks, Ethernet configuration, hotspots, tethering, etc. Contains settings related to connected devices, such as Bluetooth, NFC, USB, and external devices*1.

*1 Gadget settings are available only for certain models. Apps & notifications Contains settings related to apps and notifications. Allows you to confirm battery status and usage. Also contains settings related to the battery. Contains settings related to screen functionality, such as brightness, wallpaper, font size, and touch operation. Contains settings related to the units various sounds, volume, Do Not Disturb mode, etc. Allows you to confirm the available space in the units internal storage and SD card, and to manage files. Contains settings that control security-related features such as screen lock and data encryption. Also contains settings related to location information. Allows you to configure settings related to adding accounts and data syncing. Contains settings that assist the user such as screen readers, display, and interaction controls

(Accessibility settings (page 35)). Allows you to confirm information related to usage habits such as how often you unlock the unit and how long you use apps. Google Contains settings related to Google services. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 31 Settings System About tablet Allows you to configure the display and input language, date and time, backup, reset, etc. Allows you to confirm information about the tablet, such as the status of the battery and the network, and the software version. You can press and hold or set the following commonly-used features.

(power button) to display the power options menu. From here, you can perform Power options menu Power off Battery Hot Swap (page 16) Restart Lockdown Touch operation mode (page 35)

[Dashboard] app The [Dashboard] app provides quick access to various unit features. You can use this app to perform the following. Change screen brightness Change speaker volume Confirm battery level Enable and disable airplane mode, Wi-Fi, WWAN (mobile network connections) (models supporting cellular transmission only)*1, Bluetooth, location information, screen auto rotation, microphone*1, customized silent mode.

*1 This item is not displayed by default; you can add it to [Dashboard] if desired. Launch apps Using [Dashboard]

1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Dashboard]. 2. Operate the desired function. Features that have been disabled using the [DeviceManagement] app (see page 30) are not Note available in [Dashboard]. Adding and deleting tiles You can add up to 12 tiles. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Dashboard]. 2. To add tiles Tap [MENU] [Add], select the desired tile type, and then follow the on-screen instructions. Two types of tiles are available.

[Toggles]: Tiles that allow you to enable or disable certain features.

[Application]: Tiles that allow you to launch a specific app. To remove tiles Tap and hold the desired tile, and then tap [YES]. To change the color theme Tap [MENU] [Skin], select the desired theme, and then tap [OK]. 32 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Settings Importing and exporting [Dashboard] settings 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Dashboard]. 2. To export Tap [MENU] [Export], enter the desired file name (up to 10 characters), and then tap [OK]. To import Tap [MENU] [Import], and then select the desired file. Note Settings are exported to:

[UserButtonManager] app Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Storage] [Files]

[com.panasonic.mobile.dashboard]. You can customize the units function buttons. Some of the available functions that you can assign to the buttons are listed below. Back (the same function as

) Home (the same function as Menu Barcode reader trigger Launch the [Dashboard] app or an app of your choosing Capture a screenshot Security mode (turns off the screen and sound) Wake up from sleep mode Changing the functions assigned to the buttons 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [UserButtonManager]. 2. Tap next to the item you want to change, and then select the desired function. Default button assignments The default button assignments are explained below. Short press assignments A1 same function as

.) Returns to the previous screen or closes the current screen, menu, on-screen keyboard, etc. (The Displays the home screen. (The same function as

.) Displays the list of options (if available) for the current screen. For models with dual SIM card slots: Allows you to select the active SIM card slot. For other models: No function by default. A2 A3 A1+A2 A2+A3 A1+A3 Captures a screenshot. No function by default. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 33 Settings Left+Right Side button No function by default. Left Side button No function by default. Right Side button No function by default. Camera button Launches the [Camera] app. Volume up button Increases the volume. Volume down button Decreases the volume. A2 A3 Launches the [Dashboard] app. Left Side button No function by default. Right Side button No function by default. Long press (press and hold) assignments A1 Turns on security mode. (Turns off the screen and sound.) Turns customized silent mode on and off (see Customized silent mode (page 34)). Wakeup Setting Assigns a button to wake up from sleep mode. (No assignment by default.) Customized silent mode Customized silent mode allows you to quickly change a variety of settings that affect sound volume, screen brightness, etc. Configuring customized silent mode You can adjust the settings that will be enabled when customized silent mode is turned on. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Sound] [Advanced]

[Customized silent mode]. 2. Under [Customize], tap the switch of the desired settings to turn them on or off. 3. Tap the [Customized silent mode] switch to turn it on. Note Turn off customized silent mode before changing the settings. Turning customized silent mode on and off There are multiple methods you can use to turn customized silent mode on and off. Press the button assigned to customized silent mode in the [UserButtonManager] app (see page 33) Select [Custom silent] in the [Dashboard] app (see Using [Dashboard] (page 32)) Turn on [Customized silent mode] in the [Settings] app (see Configuring customized silent mode

(page 34)) 34 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Settings

[Panasonic Enterprise Launcher] app You can change the home app to Panasonic Enterprise Launcher. If Panasonic Enterprise Launcher is set, you can control the use of the functions or apps. In Panasonic Enterprise Launcher, there are two modes, kiosk mode and user mode. Administrator login is necessary to customize the Panasonic Enterprise Launcher. Launcher3 is the Android standard home app. Using [Panasonic Enterprise Launcher]

1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Apps & notifications]

[Advanced] [Default apps]. 2. Tap [Home app] [Panasonic Enterprise Launcher].

[Admin login] enter the password (default: blank) [OK].

[Settings], and then configure the desired settings according to your needs. 3. Tap 4. Tap Touch operation settings You can select the following touch operation modes to suit your working conditions. Glove mode: Makes the screen more sensitive to touch operations. Useful when operating the unit while wearing gloves. Pen mode: Changes the screen to a sensitivity optimized for stylus pen operations. Rain mode: Prevents accidental operation when the screen is wet. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Display] [Touch operation 2. Tap the desired modes to turn them on. mode]. Note You can also change the touch operation mode by tapping [Touch operation mode] in the power options menu (see Power options menu (page 32)). Turn glove mode off when you are not wearing gloves. Even if glove mode is enabled, the unit may not be able to be operated while wearing certain types of gloves. Even if rain mode is enabled, the unit may not be able to be operated or may not respond properly to touches when the entire screen is wet or depending on the amount of water on the screen. Temporarily put the unit to sleep mode and wipe the water off of the screen. Accessibility settings The unit provides a variety of settings that allow you to change how the user and unit interact. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Accessibility]. 2. Select the desired feature or option and configure it as desired.

[Volume key shortcut]: Allows you to press and hold both volume buttons to start the selected accessibility feature.

[Select to Speak]: Allows you to tap specific items on your screen to hear them read aloud.

[TalkBack] (models with GMS only): Reads items on the screen aloud.

[Text-to-speech output]: Allows you to configure the units text-to-speech features.

[Font size]: Allows you to make the text on the screen smaller or larger.

[Display size]: Allows you to make the items on your screen smaller or larger. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 35 Settings

[Magnification]: Allows you to turn on the units screen magnification feature.

[Color correction]: Allows you to correct the colors in the screen.

[Color inversion]: Allows you to invert the colors in the screen.

[Large mouse pointer]: Allows you to make the pointer size larger when a mouse is connected.

[Remove animation]: Allows you to speed up the unit by disabling animations.

[Accessibility Menu]: If on, allows you to display large menus anytime you tap the icon at the bottom

[Switch Access] (models with GMS only): Allows you to use one or more switches to select items,

[Dwell timing]: Allows you to set the connected mouse pointer to click when it stops moving.

[Power button ends call] (models supporting cellular transmission only): Allows you to end a phone right of the screen. scroll, enter text, and more. call by pressing the power button. unit is tilted.

[Auto-rotate screen]: Allows you to configure the unit to rotate the screen automatically when the

[Touch & hold delay]: Allows you to adjust the amount of time that passes before the unit recognizes a long tap as a tap-and-hold operation.

[Vibration]: Allows you to configure the vibration for rings, notifications, and touch operations.

[Mono audio]: Combines channels when playing audio.

[Captions]: Allows the display of captions.

[High contrast text]: Allows you to clearly display text by increasing its contrast. 36 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Apps Apps Starting apps There are several ways you can start an app. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap the apps icon Create a shortcut to the app in the home screen (see Adding app shortcuts/folders to the home screen (page 21)) Use the [UserButtonManager] app to assign the app to one of the units buttons (see Changing the functions assigned to the buttons (page 33)) Add the app to the [Dashboard] app (see Adding and deleting tiles (page 32)) Preinstalled apps The unit comes preinstalled with the following apps. Barcode Reader (equipped models only) Allows you to configure the barcode reader (Configuring the barcode reader

(page 43)). Chrome (models with GMS only) Internet browser app. Dashboard Allows easy access to various features ([Dashboard] app (page 32)). DeviceManagement Allows you to disable the units individual hardware features

([DeviceManagement] app (page 30)). Photos (models with GMS only) Allows you to display, edit, and manage photos and movies. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 37 Apps Contacts Allows you to store and manage your contacts. UserButtonManager Allows you to configure the units buttons ([UserButtonManager] app (page 33)). Hardware Diagnostic Allows you to check if the units functions are operating correctly

(About hardware diagnostics (page 44)). File Copy Allows you to work with files in storage. Hot Swap Allows you to replace the battery without turning the unit off

(Replacing the battery (Battery hot swap) (page 16)). Log sending app Allows you to acquire logs from the unit, and save them to storage or send them to the server. It is used for analysis during malfunction. Button Handler Allows you to select the button handler app. Button handler apps developed independently can be set here.

[UserButtonService] is set at the time of purchase. If it is set to [Disable], the

[UserButtonManager] app cannot be used. 38 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Apps Panasonic Rapid Configuration Allows you to apply the various settings at once by scanning a QR code. WL/BL App Displays the apps whitelisted and blacklisted in management tools. Other apps are preinstalled in addition to those mentioned above. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 39 Camera Camera Taking pictures 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Camera]. You can also start the [Camera] app by swiping at the bottom right of the lock screen. 2. Confirm that

(camera mode) is displayed. If is displayed, swipe the screen to the right and then tap to select camera mode. You can use the digital zoom by pinching in and out or by pressing the volume buttons to adjust the 3. Tap to take a picture. zoom ratio. Recording videos 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Camera]. You can also start the [Camera] app by swiping at the bottom right of the lock screen. 2. Confirm that

(video mode) is displayed. If is displayed, swipe the screen to the right and then tap to select video mode. 3. Tap to start recording, and tap to stop recording. You can use the digital zoom by pinching in and out or by pressing the volume buttons to adjust the zoom ratio. Using the option menu 1. While using the [Camera] app, tap in the lower-right corner of the screen. 2. Tap the desired icon and then select the desired option. Photo light*1

: On

: Off Scene modes

: Snow

: Sunset

: Night view

: Landscape

: Auto

: HDR (mode that reduces blocked out blacks and blown-out highlights in scenes with large differences in brightness)*2 40 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Camera Set whether to display guiding grid lines in the shooting screen. Grid lines Self timer*2 Exposure*1*2*3

*1 Only when the scene mode is set to [AUTO]

*2 Only in camera mode

*3 Only when [Manual exposure] is enabled in the camera settings Camera settings In the [Camera] app, swipe the screen to the right and then tap 1. 2. Select the desired feature and configure it as desired.

[Resolution]: Allows you to set the resolution.

[Quality]: Allows you to set the picture quality.

[Focus mode]*1: Allows you to set the shooting mode according to the subject.

[White balance]: Allows you to adjust the color development of images according to the weather and conditions of the shooting location.

[Date stamp]: Allows you to display the date and time when the picture was taken.

[ISO]*1: Allows you to set the ISO sensitivity.

[Save location]: Allows you to save location information in pictures.

[Advanced]: Allows you to set the exposure, storage location, and shutter sound.

*1 Only in camera mode Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 41 NFC card reader/writer NFC card reader/writer The unit can read NFC card data. It can also transmit data with other devices that have NFC built in. Note Hold the NFC card in the orientation as shown in the figure. When using NFC, unlock the screen. If the unit is having difficulty reading, slightly shift the position of the card. If your unit is equipped with the barcode reader over the NFC antenna, NFC cannot be used. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Connected devices]

Turning NFC on and off

[Connection preferences]. 2. Tap the [NFC] switch to turn it on or off. Advanced NFC settings

[Connection preferences]. Make sure that NFC is turned on. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Connected devices]

2. Tap [Advanced NFC settings]. 3. Select the desired settings and then configure them according to your needs. 42 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Barcode reader (equipped models only) Barcode reader (equipped models only) Configuring the barcode reader Barcode reader settings 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Barcode Reader]. 2. Select the desired settings and then configure them according to your needs. Triggering the barcode reader You can use the [UserButtonManager] app to configure which button is used to start scanning the barcode. See Changing the functions assigned to the buttons (page 33) for more information. Using the barcode reader Typically, scanned barcodes are entered into the currently selected text field of the app that is in the foreground. You can try using the barcode reader by launching the demo app. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Barcode Reader]

[Demo]. About the demo app Note The barcode scan function is assigned to the side buttons in the demo app. Pressing the buttons emits a laser. Take care not to look directly at the laser or point it at other peoples eyes. Doing so will cause damage to the eyes. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 43 Hardware diagnostics Hardware diagnostics About hardware diagnostics If you suspect that the units hardware is not operating correctly, you can use the [Hardware Diagnostic]

app to check if there are problems with the hardware. If there is a hardware problem, contact your technical support representative. This app cannot check for software problems. Diagnosable hardware Automatic Test Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, Wireless WAN (WWAN) (models supporting cellular transmission only), GPS, microSD card (external SD), USB storage, Ethernet Manual Test Touchscreen (Multi-touch, Single-touch), LCD, Sound, Battery Health Running hardware diagnostics A result icon is displayed on the left of the diagnosed device.

: Pass

: Fail Diagnosing with the automatic test 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Hardware Diagnostic]. 2. Turn on the checkbox by tapping the device name ([1. Wi-Fi], [2. Bluetooth], [3. WWAN] (models supporting cellular transmission only), [4. GPS], [5. External SD], [6. USB storage], [7. Ethernet]) that you want to diagnose. To diagnose a microSD card or USB storage device, insert the microSD card or USB storage device into the unit. Back up any important data in the microSD card or USB storage device before diagnosis. 3. Tap [RUN] to start diagnosis. 4. When a message indicating that diagnosis is finished is displayed, tap [FINISH]. Diagnosing the touchscreen (multi-touch) 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Hardware Diagnostic] [8. Touchscreen

(Multi-touch:5points)]. 2. Touch the screen with five fingers. 3. When you remove your fingers from the screen and a message indicating that diagnosis is finished is displayed, tap [PASS], [FAIL], or [RETRY]. Diagnosing the touchscreen (single-touch) 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Hardware Diagnostic] [9. Touchscreen

(Single-touch)]. 2. Touch A with your finger and trace the screen in order to E. 3. When a message indicating that diagnosis is finished is displayed, tap [PASS], [FAIL], or [RETRY]. 44 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Diagnosing the LCD

<Vertical>

1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Hardware Diagnostic] [10. LCD]. 2. Rotate the unit and check that the screen is displayed as follows. Hardware diagnostics

<Horizontal>

3. Tap the screen, and then tap 4. When the confirmation items are displayed, tap the test result items to turn on the checkboxes, and

. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Hardware Diagnostic] [11. Sound]. 2. Tap

, speak into the units microphone, and then tap to stop recording. twice, and the confirmation items are displayed. Tap the test result items to turn on the then tap [OK]. Diagnosing the sound 3. Tap [SAVE]. 4. Tap the saved file to check the sound. 5. Tap checkboxes, and then tap [OK]. Diagnosing the battery health Health]. 2. Check the details and then tap [OK]. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Hardware Diagnostic] [12. Battery Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 45 Hardware diagnostics Saving or checking the system log and diagnosis results 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Hardware Diagnostic] [System Checking the system information Information]. 2. Check the details and then tap [OK]. Checking the system log Saving the test results Note The test results are saved to:

Checking saved test results 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Hardware Diagnostic] [System Log]. 2. Check the details and then tap [OK]. 1. After running hardware diagnostics, tap

[Save test result to the internal storage]. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Storage] [Files]

[DiagnosticResults]. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Hardware Diagnostic] [Test Result]. 2. Select the XML file of a saved test result, and then tap [OK]. 3. Check the details, and then tap to finish displaying the diagnosis results. Sharing saved test results 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Hardware Diagnostic]

[Attach test result to mail]. 2. Select the zip file of a saved test result, and then tap [OK]. 3. Select an app with which to share, and follow the on-screen instructions. Saving the background Logcat (system log) to the internal storage 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Hardware Diagnostic]

[Save Logcat in background]. 2. Check the details and then tap [OK].

[OK]. To stop saving, tap [Save Logcat in background] again to turn off the checkbox, and then tap 46 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Troubleshooting Troubleshooting General information Starting up The unit does not turn on. If you experience any trouble while using the unit, refer to the information in this section for troubleshooting. If the problem persists, contact your technical support representative. To turn the unit on, press and hold The battery level may be low or completely discharged. Charge the battery. The unit may be too hot or too cold. Leave the unit in an environment of 10 C to 35 C (50 F to 95

(power button) for more than 2 seconds. F) for about an hour, and then try again. The unit does not wake up from sleep. The battery may have become completely discharged while the unit was in sleep mode. In this case, any data which has not been saved will be lost. Charge the battery. The unit may be too hot or too cold. Leave the unit in an environment of 10 C to 35 C (50 F to 95 F) for about an hour, and then try again. Nothing appears on the screen. The unit is in sleep mode. Press Charge the battery. Install the battery correctly. Replace the battery with a fully-charged one. The screen is too dark. See The screen is too dark. (page 47).

(power button). Other startup problems Disconnect and remove all peripheral devices. It may take one or two minutes for the unit to turn off. This is not a malfunction. Press and hold

(power button) for at least 10 seconds to force the unit to restart, and then try again. Disconnect and remove all peripheral devices. Shutting down The unit does not turn off. Screen The screen is too dark. The [Adaptive brightness] setting reduced the brightness according to the ambient brightness. Manually adjust the screen brightness. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Display] [Adaptive brightness]. 2. Tap [Adaptive brightness] switch to turn it off. 3. Tap

, and then tap [Brightness level] and adjust the slider. The [Minimum limit brightness] setting of customized silent mode was turned on. Turn the setting off. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 47 Troubleshooting 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Sound] [Advanced]

[Customized silent mode]. 2. Tap the [Customized silent mode] switch to turn it off, then tap the [Minimum limit brightness] switch to turn it off. 3. Tap the [Customized silent mode] switch to turn it on. There are red, green, or blue dots on the screen, or there is unevenness in screen colors or brightness. The following are not malfunctions. Although advanced high-precision technologies are used in the production of color LCD screens, a very small number of the screen pixels may be dark or remain constantly lit. Due to the natural characteristics of LCD screens, you may notice unevenness in colors and brightness depending on your angle of view. Hues may also vary by product. I cannot operate the touchscreen. The touchscreen operates involuntarily. Temporarily put the unit into sleep mode and then wake it up again. Indicator The indicator flashes in orange. The battery cannot be charged temporarily because the ambient temperature is too low or too high. Leave the unit in an environment of 10 C to 35 C (50 F to 95 F) for about an hour, then charge again. The remaining battery level is approximately 14 % or less of a full charge. Charge the battery. The indicator lights in red. The indicator flashes in red. debris found. Battery authentication failed. Use only a specified battery. There may be debris lodged in the battery charge terminals. Remove the battery and remove any Charging may have stopped automatically. Disconnect the charger and then reconnect it. The indicator does not light during charging. Battery charging ends quickly, or the battery cannot be charged at all. The charger is not connected properly. Confirm all connections. There may be debris lodged in the battery charge terminals. Remove the battery and remove any The settings described below are explained in Touch operation settings (page 35). debris found. Replace the battery with a new one. Touch screen operation I cannot operate the screen while wearing gloves. Select [Glove mode]. The screen responds before I have touched the screen. The screen responds incorrectly when it is wet. The screen seems slightly unresponsive to touches. Select [Normal]. Select [Rain mode]. Select [Normal]. I cannot operate the unit with a stylus pen. Select [Pen mode]. 48 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Troubleshooting Connectivity The SD card or other external device does not work. The unit cannot connect to a network. The corresponding hardware feature may be disabled by the [DeviceManagement] app (see Enabling and disabling certain hardware features (page 30)). The unit is not recognized as a mass storage device when connected to a computer (models supporting cellular transmission only). Make sure that USB tethering is turned off. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Network & internet]

[Hotspot & tethering]. 2. Tap the [USB tethering] switch to turn it off. I want to confirm the units MAC address. Follow the procedure below. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [About tablet]. 2. Confirm the address. Sound No sound is heard. is turned off. Using the [Dashboard] app, adjust the speaker volume and make sure that the [Silent] checkbox Customized silent mode was turned on. Turn customized silent mode off (see Turning customized silent mode on and off (page 34)) or configure customized silent mode to not mute the units sounds (see Configuring customized silent mode (page 34)). Do not disturb was turned on. Open the notifications panel, and then turn off Do not disturb mode or configure Do not disturb settings to not mute the units sounds. To configure Do not disturb settings, swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Sound] [Do not disturb]. Sound stops or is distorted. It is normal for the sound to stop or be distorted in the following situations. When connecting or disconnecting a headset or headphones When rotating the screen Sounds are heard from the speaker even when a headset or headphones are connected. Notification sounds and alarms are played using the speaker even when a headset or headphones are connected to the unit. This is normal. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Sound] [Advanced], and then tap the [Speaker off during earphone use] switch to turn it on. Other The date and time are incorrect. Confirm the date and time settings. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap

[Settings] [System] [Date & time]. Set the date and time automatically. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [System] [Date &

2. Tap the [Automatic date & time] and [Automatic time zone] (models supporting cellular transmission only) switches to turn them on. 3. Make sure the unit is in an area with good wireless reception, turn the unit off, and then turn it time]. on again. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 49 Troubleshooting The unit will not recognize dates after December 31, 2037. The units operation is slow. Ambient temperature may be too low or too high. Leave the unit in an environment of 10 C to 35 C (50 F to 95 F) for about an hour and then try again. The unit does not respond. Turn the unit off and then on again. If an app does not work normally, follow the instructions below to force quit or uninstall the problematic app or process. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Apps & notifications]. 2. Select the desired app or process and then tap [UNINSTALL] or [FORCE STOP]. The screen freezes and no operations can be performed. Press and hold

(power button) for at least 10 seconds to force the unit to restart, and then try again. the Internet. I cannot enter text using voice recognition. An Internet connection is needed to enter text using your voice. Make sure the unit can connect to Some apps do not function after updating the units software. The apps may not be compatible with the newest version of the units software. To return the unit to the previous version of the software, contact your technical support representative. The unit cannot connect to external services (Google services, mobile networks, etc.). Confirm all relevant settings and contact the service provider. If the trouble persists, contact your technical support representative. Location information is incorrect. Mobile networks (models supporting cellular transmission only) and radio waves from satellites are used to acquire location information. Positioning may take time, or location information may be less accurate under the following conditions because radio wave signal reception is poor. Immediately after turning on the unit When acquiring location information for the first time When out of the mobile network range When you are in the following places:

Inside a building Inside a vehicle such as car or train Inside a tunnel or underground Under an elevated bridge In a city with skyscrapers In an area dense with trees In a mountainous region 50 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Appendix Appendix Factory data reset CAUTION The following procedure resets all settings and erases any data you have stored in the unit. Back up important data before performing this procedure. 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [System] [Advanced]

[Reset options]. 2. Tap [Erase all data (factory reset)] [RESET TABLET] [ERASE EVERYTHING]. The unit restarts when the factory data reset is complete. Data stored in the SD card will not be erased. Tips for battery usage Minimizing battery deterioration The battery is a consumable and the deterioration of its performance and battery life is accelerated under the following conditions. Repeatedly charging the battery Using, charging, or storing the battery in a high-temperature environment To minimize battery deterioration and ensure longer battery life, keep the following tips in mind. Charge in an environment between 10 C and 35 C (50 F to 95 F) If the surrounding temperature is too high or too low, the units indicator flashes in orange and the battery cannot be charged temporarily. Avoid charging more than once per day Charging the battery too often will cause the battery performance to deteriorate. Therefore, the unit will not charge the battery immediately after it is fully charged unless the remaining charge is below 96 %

to avoid overcharging. Maximizing battery operation time To maximize the battery operation time, keep the following tips in mind. Reduce the screens power consumption Reduce power consumption by pressing use, or by reducing the screens brightness level. Turn off wireless devices when not in use

(power button) to put the unit in sleep mode when not in You can use the [Dashboard] app to easily turn off Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, GPS, and mobile network connections (models supporting cellular transmission only). You can also turn on airplane mode to quickly turn off all wireless connections. Reduce the time taken to automatically go into sleep mode Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [Display] [Advanced]

[Sleep], and select a shorter amount of time taken for the unit to automatically go into sleep mode. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 51 Appendix Updating the software You can update the software when a system update is released. IMPORTANT Check the following before starting the update. The remaining battery level is sufficient The unit has available storage space (swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap

[Settings] [Storage], and if there is no storage space, make some room for the update) 1. Swipe up the home screen, and then in the app list, tap [Settings] [System] [Advanced]

The date and time are correct

[System updates]. 2. Follow the on-screen instructions. License agreement for the system update service 1. Service introduction The system update service (this service) is offered as a way to keep the products software*1 up to date after purchase, for feature and performance enhancement. Without visiting a customer service center, you can take advantage of convenient software updating to check for any required product updates and wirelessly*2 download and replace outdated software with the latest version. This service is managed by Panasonic Corporation and/or its affiliates, hereafter referred to collectively as we or Panasonic. Read the following terms of use carefully and make sure you understand them before use. By using this service, you agree to accept all terms of use. 2. Disclaimer Panasonic is not liable for any loss or damage of data with user-installed software from use of this service. Nor are we liable for any malfunction or damage to the product due to user error. For details, see Precautions below. No guarantee is made that this service will be suitable for specific purposes, and we are not liable in any way for indirect, incidental, or consequential loss or lost profit to you or third parties arising from or related to use of this service. Panasonic reserves the right to change or discontinue this service, terms of use, and other matters without prior notice. Check the latest terms of use before using this service. Similarly, we reserve the right to interrupt or discontinue this service without prior notice. 3. Prohibited actions The following actions are prohibited when using this service. If you violate the terms of use by taking the following actions, Panasonic may interrupt or discontinue this service or terminate the agreement without prior notice, and seek compensation. Action that disadvantages Panasonic or third parties, or that causes or poses a risk of loss Action that infringes on or may infringe on intellectual property rights (such as copyrights or trademark rights) of Panasonic or third parties Action that undermines or may undermine the credibility or dignity of Panasonic, such as action offensive to public order and morals Action that is illegal or linked to criminal acts, or which poses a risk of same Action that violates or may violate laws, regulations, or ordinances Other action that we have deemed inappropriate and have requested you to cease 4. Privacy policy 5. Limitation on liability As this service is used, information identifying the product (such as model or serial numbers) is sent to our software update servers. We use this information only to provide service or support, and not for any other purposes. 52 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Appendix Regarding liability borne by Panasonic in providing this service, and in the context of this license agreement, in the event of willful or gross negligence on our part in providing this service, regardless of the reason, users will be compensated only for an amount equivalent to the value of this service. 6. Precautions Although user data such as photos, email messages, and downloaded files remain on the product during software updates, in some cases it may not be possible to safeguard this data, depending on the condition of the product. We therefore recommend backing up important data. However, please understand that some data (e.g., downloaded files) cannot be backed up. Never turn off the product, reset it, or perform similar operations while a download is in progress, or during updates. If the products software is already up to date, no update is necessary. Note that updating the software may take some time, as data is being downloaded and uploaded. Thank you for understanding that you cannot specify the timing of file distribution to the product or the period for which updates will be valid. This service is not available under the following conditions. When the product is not turned on, or when it is in sleep mode When the product is not connected to a wireless network When the product is in international roaming mode When the product is in airplane mode When tethering mode is enabled When the correct date and time is not set When the remaining battery level is less than 50 %

When the server polling interval of the update application is set to 00 While the battery is being replaced (Hot swap) Intellectual property rights Data provided to you for this service is licensed to you under the same conditions as in the license agreement of the software for which the data is used. Unless otherwise indicated, use of this service does not constitute licensing or transfer of any intellectual property rights from Panasonic to you. 7. 8. Governing law and court of jurisdiction Japanese law forms the basis for use of this service and interpretation and application of this license agreement. In the case of any disputes over this service, the Tokyo District Court will serve as the competent court of first instance. 9. Service inquiries For any inquiries regarding this service, please contact the Panasonic customer service center.

*1 Only applies to software provided by Panasonic.

*2 A fee may be incurred for users enrolled in pay-per-use data plans, as data transmission for this service will be added to the user's other data consumption. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 53 Appendix Regulatory information For USA models Highest value (W/kg) 1.23 FCC RF exposure information The highest SAR value for this product as reported to the FCC is listed below:

For Canada models / Pour les modles du Canada RF exposure information The highest SAR value for this product as reported to the ISED is listed below:

Highest value (W/kg) 1.23 Information sur lexposition aux radiofrquences (RF) La valeur de DAS la plus leve obtenue pour ce produit, telle que rapporte lISDE lors des essais pour une utilisation prs de loreille, est telle que dcrite ci-dessous :

Valeur la plus leve (W/kg) 1,23 For Europe models SAR (Specific Absorption Rates) For body-worn operation, the highest SAR value for this product is XXX W/kg (for models supporting cellular transmission) and XXX W/kg (for models supporting Wi-Fi transmission only)*1.

*1 The tests are carried out in accordance with international guidelines for testing. Disposal of Old Equipment Only for European Union and countries with recycling systems This symbol on the products, packaging, and/or accompanying documents means that used electrical and electronic products must not be mixed with general household waste. For proper treatment, recovery and recycling of old products, please take them to applicable collection points in accordance with your national legislation. By disposing of them correctly, you will help to save valuable resources and prevent any potential negative effects on human health and the environment. For more information about collection and recycling, please contact your local authority. Penalties may be applicable for incorrect disposal of this waste, in accordance with national legislation. 54 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Appendix Specifications Typical unit specifications and certain options are described below. Unit configuration may vary. Model No. FZ-A3 Qualcomm SDM660 4 GB*1 64 GB*2 Internal LCD 10.1 in. HD (1920 x 1200 dots) 10-finger touch (capacitive) with:

Glove mode*3 Rain mode*4 Pen mode (Passive type) CPU Memory Storage Display Touchscreen Wi-Fi

(for North America models) Wi-Fi

(for Europe models) Standards supported IEE 802.11a/b/g/n/d/h/i/r/k/v/w/ac (MIMO compatible) Wireless channels used IEEE 802.11a / IEEE 802.11n (5 GHz) / IEEE 802.11ac W52 (36, 40, 44, 48 ch) W53 (52, 56, 60, 64 ch) W56 (100, 104, 108, 112, 116, 120, 124, 128, 132, 136, 140, 144 ch) W58 (149, 153, 157, 161, 165 ch) IEEE 802.11b / IEEE 802.11g / IEEE 802.11n (2.4 GHz): 1 ch - 11 ch RF frequency band 2.4 GHz Band: 2.412 GHz - 2.462 GHz 5 GHz Band: 5.18 GHz - 5.32 GHz, 5.5 GHz - 5.72 GHz, 5.745 GHz - 5.825 GHz Standards supported IEE 802.11a/b/g/n/d/h/i/r/k/v/w/ac (MIMO compatible) Wireless channels used IEEE 802.11a / IEEE 802.11n (5 GHz) / IEEE 802.11ac W52 (36, 40, 44, 48 ch) W53 (52, 56, 60, 64 ch) W56 (100, 104, 108, 112, 116, 120, 124, 128, 132, 136, 140 ch) IEEE 802.11b / IEEE 802.11g / IEEE 802.11n (2.4 GHz): 1 ch - 13 ch RF frequency band 2.4 GHz Band: 2.412 GHz - 2.462 GHz 5 GHz Band: 5.18 GHz - 5.32 GHz, 5.5 GHz - 5.7 GHz Bluetooth Bluetooth v5.0, Class 1*5 Mobile networking

(for models supporting cellular transmission) LTE with C.A., HSPA+, UMTS SIM card slot Nano SIM card slot 1

<for North America models only>

Nano SIM card slot 2 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 55 Front 5 megapixels Video: 1920 x 1080 pixels Still: 2592 x 1944 pixels Rear 8 megapixels Video: 1920 x 1080 pixels Still: 3264 2448 pixels Type A, B, FeliCa, ISO 15693 microSD card slot 1*6

(microSDXC compatible) GPS/GLONASS/Galileo/Beidou CEP50 (2 to 4 m) Ambient light sensor, Digital compass, Gyro sensor, Acceleration sensor, Proximity sensor USB 2.0 (Type-A) port 1*7, USB 3.1 (Type-C) port 1*7, Headset jack 1, Expansion bus connector (lower part of the unit) Power supply Battery Pack Appendix Camera GNSS Sensors NFC Card slots Interfaces AC adaptor Battery CF-AA6413A*8 Input 100 V to 240 V AC, 50 Hz/60 Hz Output 16 V DC, 4.06 A

<Battery Pack (FZ-VZSUT10)>

Lithium-ion 3200 mAh (typ.) / 3100 mAh (min.) Rated Voltage 3.8 V Operating time (approx.)*9*10 X hours Charging time (approx.)*11 XXX hours (when using the included AC adaptor) XXX hours (when using the optional cradle)

<Extended Life Battery Pack (FZ-VZSUT11)>

Lithium-ion 5580 mAh (typ.) / 5380 mAh (min.) Rated Voltage 3.8 V Operating time (approx.)*9*10 X hours Charging time (approx.)*11 XXX hours (when using the included AC adaptor) XXX hours (when using the optional cradle) 56 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Appendix Dimensions

(W D H)

<With the Battery Pack (FZ-VZSUT10)>

Approx. 272 mm 196 mm 16.4 mm

[10.7 in. 7.7 in. 0.6 in.]

without protrusions

<With the Extended Life Battery Pack (FZ-VZSUT11)>

Approx. 272 mm 196 mm XXX mm

[10.7 in. 7.7 in. XXX in.]

without protrusions Weight

<With the Battery Pack (FZ-VZSUT10)>

Approx. XXX g (XXX lb)

<With the Extended Life Battery Pack (FZ-VZSUT11)>

Approx. XXX g (XXX lb) Operating environment*12 Storage environment Temperature

-20 C to 50 C (-4 F to 122 F) Humidity 30 % to 80 % RH Temperature

-30 C to 70 C (-22 F to 158 F) Humidity 30 % to 90 % RH Operating system*13 Android 9 Water and dust resistance IP65

*1

*2

*3

*5

*7

*8

*9 Specifications are subject to change without notice. 1 GB = 1 073 741 824 bytes 1 GB = 1,000,000,000 bytes. The OS or some apps may display GB as a lower number. This mode may not operate properly depending on the type of glove.

*4 Only single-finger operation is enabled. Also, depending on the amount and condition of water droplets, the product may not operate properly or at all. Does not guarantee operation of all Bluetooth peripherals.

*6 Operation has been tested and confirmed using the following Panasonic brand memory cards: SD (up to 2 GB), SDHC (up to 32 GB), SDXC (up to 64 GB). Compatibility with other SD devices is not guaranteed. Does not guarantee operation of all USB-compatible peripherals. The AC adaptor is designed for use with power sources that supply up to 240 V AC. The AC cord supplied with the AC adaptor is designed for use with power sources that supply up to 125 V AC. Actual performance varies depending on usage conditions, connected peripherals, etc. Typically, operating time is reduced in colder environments.

*10 Measurement results are based on Panasonic testing methods. Varies depending on the usage conditions, or when an optional device is attached.

*11 Varies depending on usage conditions.

*12 Product or application booting can dependent upon the battery charge level. Do not expose the skin to this product when using the product in a hot or cold environment. When using the product in hot or cold environments, some peripherals may not perform properly. Confirm the recommended operation environment of the peripherals. Using the product continuously in hot environments will shorten the product life. Avoid continuous use in these types of environments. When using the product in cold environments, the product may take longer to start up and battery operation time may be reduced. Even when using the product within the temperature and humidity ranges listed here, using the product continuously in extreme environments will result in product deterioration and will shorten the life of the product.

*13 Product functionality cannot be guaranteed if the operating system is modified or replaced by the user or a third party. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 57 For the latest information about optional products, refer to the product catalogs, etc. Appendix Accessories Product name AC Adaptor Battery Pack Cradle Hand Strap Shoulder Strap Stylus Pen Pen Tether 5-Bay Battery Charger Protective Film (5 sheets) Model number CF-AA6413A FZ-VZSUT10 FZ-VZSUT11 FZ-VEBA21 FZ-VCBT131 FZ-VPFA31 FZ-VSTA31 CF-VNS331 CF-VNP025 CF-VNT002 58 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Appendix WARRANTY for U.S.A Panasonic System Solutions Company of North America (PSSNA) Computer Products - Worldwide Warranties Section 1: Limited Warranty - Hardware PSSNA, referred to hereinafter as Panasonic, will repair the computer products listed below

(Product(s)) with new or rebuilt parts, free of charge in a Global Panasonic designated service location or Panasonic Authorized Service Center for the period specified below from the date of original purchase in the event of a defect in materials or workmanship. These warranties are extended solely to the original purchaser. A purchase receipt or other proof of date of original purchase will be required before warranty performance is rendered. Laptop PC (CF-##) 3 Years Tablet PC / Handheld (FZ-## / JT-##) 3 Years Ultra-Mobile (CF-U#/CF-H# Series) 3 Years PDRC - LCD & Keyboard Assembly 3 Years Original Battery Warranty Batteries supplied with the product are covered under the warranty for one (1) year from date of purchase. Batteries purchased separately are covered under the warranty for one (1) year from the date of purchase. A replacement battery furnished under the product warranty is covered for the remaining period of the one year warranty of the original or purchased battery. Optional: Extended Warranty Program (PC) If this coverage is purchased, the serial numbered Product is entitled to the same manufacturers warranty coverage on the Product with the exception of the battery. The cost of labor, parts, and shipping are included in the price of the Extended Warranty Program. Optional: Panasonic Protection Plus Warranty Any Product for which the Panasonic Protection Plus warranty has been purchased will receive additional coverage for any failure that occurs due to accidental damage. All other terms and conditions of the standard warranty apply and this additional coverage will exist for the duration of the standard warranty period of the Product. If an extended Protection Plus warranty program is purchased, coverage is extended to the end of the last year of extended coverage purchased. This warranty does not cover failures or defects that are caused by fire, intentional acts, loss, theft, improper maintenance, modification or service by anyone other than a Panasonic Authorized Service Provider, or damage that is attributable to acts of God. Cosmetic damage that does not affect functionality is not covered. Cosmetic damage on Products with hardware failures will be repaired in accordance with the warranty terms. This warranty is extended solely to the original purchaser on the Products serial number for which it was purchased. Complete Product replacement fulfills the full obligation and is at the discretion of Panasonic and is limited to once during the coverage term. Refer to the Panasonic website for full terms and conditions on the above programs. Additional exclusions apply please refer to limited warranty exclusions section below. Optional: Panasonic Ultimate Care Warranty Any Product for which the Panasonic Ultimate Care warranty program has been purchased will receive additional coverage as specified in that program, for any failure that occurs due to accidental damage. All other terms and conditions of the standard warranty will apply and this additional warranty coverage will exist for the duration of the standard warranty period of the applicable Product. If an extended warranty Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 59 Appendix is purchased for the Product together with the Ultimate Care warranty program coverage, the warranty term will be extended to the end of the last year of the purchased extended warranty coverage. The Ultimate Care warranty will cover any hardware failures occurring due to accidental damage of the Product with an exclusion only of customer intentional acts and damage caused by events beyond human control, for up to a maximum of 1 % of the total of Products deployed for a specific customer. This includes unlimited replacement of major sub-assemblies and components of the Product during the standard warranty term and any extended warranty term plan that has been purchased by the customer. This also includes cosmetic damages that may result from exposure of the internal components of the Product to the environmental conditions. Additional exclusions apply please refer to limited warranty exclusions section below. Wireless Module Warranty Panasonic approved wireless modems installed in Panasonic brand computers and integrated by Panasonic or an Authorized Panasonic Wireless Integrator are covered under the warranty for the remaining warranty period of the device in which the modem is installed. For devices with less than three

(3) months remaining on the unit warranty, the wireless modem will be covered for a period of three (3) months from the date of installation of the modem, covering only modem replacement or modem installation related issues. All modems must be approved by the wireless carrier prior to use. Any use or attempted use of a wireless modem not approved and activated by the carrier for use on their network is strictly prohibited and is not sanctioned or warranted by Panasonic and may result in legal action. In addition, all modems must be approved by Panasonic as compatible with the device hardware before installation or use. Panasonics sole responsibility for the warranty or technical support of the software required to install or operate the modem is defined in Section 2 (Limited Software Warranty). Any attempted software installation by anyone other than a Panasonic Authorized Wireless Integrator is not covered under warranty and may result in service charges. Installation or attempted installation by any party other than Panasonic or an Authorized Panasonic Wireless Integrator is strictly not covered under the warranty and may void the computer warranty if damage results. Options and Accessories Warranties The below listed Panasonic brand or supplied options and accessories are covered under this limited warranty for the period specified from the date of purchase or as specifically stated:

AC adaptor / Power Cord 3 Years Memory Expansion Card (Panasonic Brand) 3 Years Car Mount - Docking Station PCB or Vehicle Docking Station 3 Years Desktop Port Replicator, I-O Box, Docking Cradle (like CF-U1) 3 Years Antenna Pass-through Cable 3 Years Backlit or Full-sized keyboard 3 Years or assumes warranty of the unit in which it is installed Integrated Panasonic supplied options and kits including, but not limited to Wireless Modems, Media Bay Drives (Floppy, CD, DVD, Combo), Camera, GPS, Bluetooth, Smartcard Reader, Magnetic Card Reader, Barcode Scanner, and Fingerprint Reader 3 Years or assumes warranty period of the unit in which it is installed provided the integration was performed by Panasonic or an Authorized Integrator. Hard Drive / Solid State Drive (Internal) - 3 Years Separately purchased 2nd Hard Drive 1 Year External USB Drives (CD / DVD / Floppy / Hard Drive) 1 Year Optional Battery 1 Year Battery Charger / Multi-Bay Battery Charger 1 Year Stylus Pens, Digitizer & Standard 90 Days (physical damage excluded) 60 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Appendix Section 2: Limited Warranty - Software Panasonic warrants to you only that the disk(s) or other media on which the Programs are furnished will be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use for a period of sixty (60) days from the date of delivery thereof to you, as evidenced by your purchase receipt. This is the only warranty Panasonic makes to you. Panasonic does not warrant that the functions contained in the Programs will meet your requirements or that the operation of the Programs will be uninterrupted or error free. Panasonic shall have no obligation for any defects in the disk(s) or other media on which the Programs are furnished resulting from your storage thereof, or for defects that have been caused by operation of the disk(s) or other media. Panasonics entire liability and your exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be limited to the replacement, in the United States or other Panasonic designated location, of any defective disk or other media which is returned to Panasonics Authorized Service Center, together with a copy of the purchase receipt, within the aforesaid warranty period. Section 3: Limited Warranty Exclusions - Specifically excluded from the warranty are:

All consumable items; such as screen protection films, logo badges, labels, cleaning cloths, carry cases, manuals, cables, straps, belts, holsters, tethers, and harnesses and any other options and accessories not listed above or covered under a separate warranty The Warranty excludes 3 or less faulty pixels on the LCD screen Failures related to the product operating system, hard drive or solid state drive image, software setup, software program, virus, other program(s) or file(s) on any drive or in any computer memory location Failures due to BIOS settings or changes, as well as any cosmetic or physical damage to the unit Any unit or device with a missing or altered model number or serial number label Cosmetic damage or any damage which occurs in shipment Failures which are caused by products not supplied by Panasonic Failures which result from alteration, accident, misuse, introduction of liquid or other foreign matter into the unit, abuse, neglect, installation, maladjustment of consumer controls, improper maintenance or modification, use not in accordance with product use instructions Failures due to service by anyone other than a Panasonic Authorized Service Provider Failures caused by improper installation of options or accessories or due to integration by any company other than Panasonic or a Panasonic Authorized Service Center Damage, failure, or loss due to the unit being stolen, lost, misplaced, or used by anyone other than the original purchaser Damage that is attributable to acts of God

* Protection Plus and Ultimate Care warranty programs provide protection against accidental damage. Neither program is intended to provide product refurbishment due to normal wear and tear through normal use.

* Customers who have twenty (20) or more units requiring service are required to contact Panasonic at 800-527-8675 and request Field Engineering assistance to coordinate higher volume repairs. This limited warranty only covers failures due to defects in materials or workmanship which occur during normal use. If a unit is sent to a Panasonic Authorized Service Center and no hardware failure is found, the customer will be billed for labor to correct a software issue or reimage the applicable Hard Disk, or Solid State Drive plus shipping and applicable administrative fees at the current rates set by the service provider. THIS PRODUCT IS NOT INTENDED FOR USE AS OR PART OF NUCLEAR EQUIPMENT/SYSTEMS, AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL EQUIPMENT/SYSTEMS, OR AIRCRAFT COCKPIT EQUIPMENT/

SYSTEMS*1. PANASONIC WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY LIABILITY RESULTING FROM THE USE OF THIS PRODUCT ARISING OUT OF THE FOREGOING USES.

*1 AIRCRAFT COCKPIT EQUIPMENT/SYSTEMS include class 2 Electronic Flight Bag (EFB) Systems and Class 1 EFB Systems when used during critical phases of flight (e.g., during take-off and landing) and/or mounted onto the aircraft. Class 1 EFB Systems and 2 EFB Systems are defined by FAA: AC (Advisory Circular) 120-76A or JAA: JAA TGL (Temporary Guidance Leaflets) No. 36. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 61 Appendix Other Limits and Exclusions: There are no other express warranties except as listed above. PANASONIC SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR LOSS OF DATA OR OTHER INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM THE USE OF THIS PRODUCT, OR ARISING OUT OF ANY BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY. ALL EXPRESS AND IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE LIMITED TO THE APPLICABLE WARRANTY PERIOD SET FORTH ABOVE. Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, or limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. This limited warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. For technical support or to arrange for service on your Panasonic computer product, call our toll-free hotline at 1-800-LAPTOP5 [option 1] (800-527-8675). 62 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Appendix WARRANTY for Canada For Canada PANASONIC COMPUTER AND PERIPHERALS LIMITED WARRANTY Coverage Panasonic Canada Inc. (PCI) warrants to you, the first end user customer, this computer product (excluding software media), when purchased from PCI or from a PCI authorized reseller, to be free from defects in materials and workmanship under normal use, subject to the terms set forth below, during the period of warranty coverage specified. Scope of Coverage Period of Coverage Type of Failure Coverage Defective Materials or Workmanship Three (3) Years from Date of Original End User Customer Purchase Laptop Computers (except Battery) and AC Adaptor Factory/PCI installed options including Wireless WAN, GPS, Bluetooth, Finger print reader, Backlit keyboard, Memory Card, Optical Drives, Cameras, Smart card Readers, Magnetic Card Readers and Barcode Scanners Ultra-Mobile PC Tablet PC PDRC LCD and Keyboard Assemblies Port Replicator Cradle Charging Cup Battery Battery charger AC Adaptor and Power Cord Car Adaptor and Power Cord External USB Drives Standard or Digitizer Stylus Pen All consumable items including protection film, cleaning cloth, carry case, tether and harness One (1) Year from Date of Original End User Customer Purchase Defective Materials or Workmanship Defective Materials or Workmanship Ninety (90) Days from Date of Original End User Customer Purchase No Coverage Remedy In the event of a warranty claim, contact PCIs representatives within the applicable warranty period, identifying the nature of the defect claimed, at 1-800-668-8386 between 9:00 A.M. and 5:00 P.M., Eastern Time Zone, Mon. Fri. (excluding holidays) for instructions on how to obtain service. A purchase receipt or other proof of date of original purchase is required before warranty service is performed. Defective parts covered by this Limited Warranty will be repaired or replaced with new or comparable rebuilt parts on an exchange basis. Warranty replacement or repair is subject to the terms of this Limited Warranty for the balance of the original period of warranty coverage. No Coverage This Limited Warranty does not cover products purchased outside Canada. Neither does it cover damage to, failure of, or defects in a product or accessory through mishandling, improper installation, abnormal use, misuse, neglect, accident, introduction of liquid or other foreign matter into the product, alteration or servicing by anyone not authorized by PCI, or act of God. THIS PRODUCT IS NOT INTENDED FOR USE AS, OR AS PART OF, NUCLEAR EQUIPMENT/

SYSTEMS, AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL EQUIPMENT/SYSTEMS, OR AIRCRAFT COCKPIT EQUIPMENT/

Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 63 Appendix SYSTEMS*1. PANASONIC WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY LIABILITY RESULTING FROM THE USE OF THIS PRODUCT ARISING OUT OF THE FOREGOING USES.

*1 AIRCRAFT COCKPIT EQUIPMENT/SYSTEMS include Class2 Electrical Flight Bag (EFB) Systems and Class1 EFB Systems when used during critical phases of flight (e.g., during take-off and landing) and/or mounted on to the aircraft. Class1 EFB Systems and 2 EFB Systems are defined by FAA: AC (Advisory Circular) 120-76A or JAA: JAA TGL (Temporary Guidance Leaflets) No.36 IF YOU SHIP THE PRODUCT FOR WARRANTY SERVICE Carefully pack the product, preferably in the original carton. Include details of defect claimed and proof of date of original purchase. No liability is assumed for loss or damage to the product while in transit, if you chose your own transportation carrier. SOFTWARE MEDIA LIMITED WARRANTY Coverage PCI warrants to you, the first end user customer, that the disk(s) or other media on which software program(s) is/are supplied will be free from defects in materials and workmanship under normal use in Canada for a period of sixty (60) days from date of receipt as evidenced by your purchase receipt for your Panasonic Computer product. THIS IS THE ONLY WARRANTY THAT PCI MAKES RESPECTING THE SOFTWARE MEDIA. PCI does not warrant the software. Please refer to the software licensors written warranty (accompanying the copy of the software) for any software warranty claim. Claim Procedure In the event of a defect in material or workmanship in the media during the sixty (60) day warranty period, and you return it, transportation costs prepaid, to Panasonic Canada Inc., Computer Products Marketing, 5770 Ambler Drive, Mississauga, Ontario L4W 2T3, within the warranty period, together with a copy of your purchase receipt, and an explanation of the suspected defect, PCI will replace in Canada the defective disk(s) or other media. Remedy PCIs entire liability, and your only remedy for any breach of this software media warranty is limited to replacement of the media only. It does not cover any other damages, including, but not limited to, loss of use or profit loss, or special, indirect or consequential damages, or other claims, whether or not of similar character. No Coverage This limited warranty does not apply if the disk(s) or other media has been used in other than a Panasonic product, or in environmental conditions other than those specified by PCI or the manufacturer, or if subjected to misuse, neglect, mishandling, modification or attempted modification of the program, or if damaged by accident or act of God. PCI is not responsible for damage to or loss of any program, data or removable storage media. GENERAL NO OTHER WARRANTIES PCI DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, WITH RESPECT TO THE SOFTWARE, SOFTWARE MEDIA, COMPUTER PRODUCT, OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES. NO LIABILITY FOR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN NO EVENT SHALL PCI BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY BREACH OF THE LIMITED WARRANTIES SET OUT IN THIS DOCUMENT, OR FROM THE USE OF THE COMPUTER PRODUCT, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOSS OF DATA, BUSINESS, PROFIT OR GOODWILL. IN ANY EVENT, PCIS MAXIMUM LIABILITY FOR ANY BREACH SHALL NOT EXCEED THE AMOUNT ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR THE COMPUTER PRODUCT. NO ACTION, REGARDLESS OF ITS BASIS, MAY BE BEGUN AGAINST PCI MORE THAN TWO (2) YEARS AFTER THE CAUSE OF ACTION AROSE. Statutory Warranties Some jurisdictions do not allow these limitations or exclusions, so they may not apply to you. 64 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Appendix Pour le Canada GARANTIE LIMITE ORDINATEURS ET PRIPHRIQUES PANASONIC Couverture Panasonic Canada Inc. ( PCI ) garantit lacheteur original que ce produit informatique

( lexclusion des supports des logiciels) est, au moment de sa vente par PCI ou dun revendeur agr par PCI, exempt de dfauts de pices et de fabrication dans les conditions normales dutilisation, et ce, pendant la priode de couverture de la garantie, sous rserve des modalits dcrites ci-dessous. lments couverts Dure de couverture Type de couverture Trois (3) ans partir de la date dachat original. Dfauts de pices et de fabrication Ordinateurs blocs-notes (sauf batteries) et adaptateur secteur Options installes en usine/par PCI incluant :

WAN sans fil, GPS, Bluetooth, lecteur dempreintes digitales, clavier rtroclair, carte mmoire, lecteurs optiques, camras, lecteurs de carte puce, lecteurs de carte magntique et scanners de code-barres Ordinateurs personnels ultra-portables Ordinateurs tablettes Ensembles PDRC ACL et clavier Duplicateur de port Station daccueil Coque de charge Batterie Chargeur de batterie Adaptateur secteur et cordon dalimentation Adaptateur automobile et cordon dalimentation Priphriques USB Stylo pointeur standard ou pour numriseur graphique Tous les articles consommables incluant les pellicules protectrices, chiffons de nettoyage, tuis de transport, longes et sangles Un (1) an partir de la date dachat original. Dfauts de pices et de fabrication Quatre-vingt-dix (90) jours partir de la date dachat original. Aucune couverture Dfauts de pices et de fabrication Recours Pour obtenir des informations sur la marche suivre dans le cas o une rclamation en vertu de la garantie deviendrait ncessaire, communiquez par tlphone avec un reprsentant de PCI au 1-800-668-8386, entre 9h00 et 17h00 (heure de lEst) du lundi au vendredi (sauf les jours fris), avant lchance de la garantie applicable, en prenant soin didentifier la nature de la dfaillance. Un reu ou toute autre pice justificative de la date dachat original sera exig avant toute rparation. Toute pice dfectueuse couverte par la prsente garantie limite sera rpare ou remplace par une pice neuve ou remise neuf. Le remplacement ou la rparation sera fait conformment aux modalits de la prsente garantie limite pendant la dure restante de la priode originale de la garantie. Produits non couverts La prsente garantie limite ne couvre pas les produits achets lextrieur du Canada. Elle ne couvre pas non plus les dommages, la dfaillance ou les dfauts attribuables une manutention inadquate, une mauvaise installation, une utilisation anormale ou abusive, de la ngligence, un accident, un dversement ou la pntration dun objet tranger, une modification, un cas fortuit ou une rparation effectue par une personne non agre par PCI. CE PRODUIT NEST PAS DESTIN TRE UTILIS, EN TOUT OU EN PARTIE, COMME SYSTME/

QUIPEMENT NUCLAIRE, SYSTME/QUIPEMENT DE CONTRLE DU TRAFFIC ARIEN OU SYSTME/QUIPEMENT DE POSTE DE PILOTAGE DAVION*1. PANASONIC DCLINE TOUTE Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 65 Appendix RESPONSABILIT CONCERNANT LUTILISATION DE CE PRODUIT DANS LES CAS SUSMENTIONNS.

*1 Les SYSTMES/QUIPEMENTS DE POSTE DE PILOTAGE DAVION sont dots de systmes OEPP (organiseur lectronique de poste de pilotage) de classe 2 et de classe 1 utiliss pendant des phases critiques de vol (par exemple, pendant le dcollage et latterrissage) et(ou) monts sur lavion. Les systmes OEPP de classe 1 et de classe 2 sont dfinis par le circulaire dinformation FAA : AC (Advisory Circular) 120-76A ou le feuillet JAA : JAA TGL (Temporary Guidance Leaflets) No 36. EXPDITION DU PRODUIT POUR SERVICE SOUS GARANTIE Emballez soigneusement le produit, de prfrence dans son emballage dorigine. Joignez une description de la dfaillance de mme quune pice justificative de la date dachat. Panasonic Canada Inc. ne peut tre tenue responsable pour tout dommage ou perte subi pendant le transport si vous avez choisi le transporteur. GARANTIE LIMITE SUPPORTS DES LOGICIELS Couverture Panasonic Canada Inc. ( PCI ) garantit lacheteur original que le ou les disques ou tout autre support sur lequel le ou les programmes sont fournis sont exempts de dfauts de pices et de fabrication dans des conditions normales dutilisation au Canada, et ce, pour une priode de soixante (60) jours suivant la date de rception indique sur la preuve dachat. LA PRSENTE GARANTIE EST LA SEULE OFFERTE PAR PCI COUVRANT LES SUPPORTS DE LOGICIELS. PCI ne garantit pas les logiciels. Reportez-vous la garantie crite du concdant de licence dutilisation du logiciel (qui accompagne la copie du logiciel) pour toute rclamation en vertu de la garantie. Rclamation marche suivre Panasonic Canada Inc. remplacera tout disque ou support dfectueux si larticle en question est retourn, port pay, son service de Marketing produits informatiques, 5770 Ambler Drive, Mississauga (Ontario) L4W 2T3, dans les soixante (60) jours suivant la date dachat original. Joignez votre envoi une pice justificative de votre achat et une description du problme. Recours La responsabilit de PCI - et votre seul recours - dans le cas de toute dfaillance couverte par la garantie sur ce support de logiciel est limite au seul remplacement du support. Elle ne couvre aucun autre dommage, y compris, mais non exclusivement, la perte dusage ou de profits, ni aucun dommage spcial, indirect ou conscutif, ni aucune autre rclamation de nature similaire ou autre. Produits non couverts La prsente garantie limite ne sapplique pas si le ou les disques ou autre support ont t utiliss dans un produit dune marque autre que Panasonic ou dans des conditions environnementales autres que celles spcifies par PCI ou le fabricant, ou soumis une mauvaise utilisation, la ngligence, une manutention inadquate ou encore si le programme a t modifi ou subi une tentative de modification ou des dommages attribuables un accident ou un cas fortuit. De plus, PCI nassume aucune responsabilit pour toute perte de, ou tout dommage , un programme, des donnes ou un support de sauvegarde amovible. GNRALITS PCI NE RECONNAT AUCUNE AUTRE GARANTIE, EXPLICITE OU IMPLICITE, Y COMPRIS, MAIS NON EXCLUSIVEMENT, LES GARANTIES IMPLICITES DE VALEUR COMMERCIALE ET DUTILIT UNE FIN QUELCONQUE, LGARD DU LOGICIEL, SUPPORTS DE LOGICIELS, PRODUITS INFORMATIQUES, PRIPHRIQUES ET ACCESSOIRES. SOUS AUCUNE CIRCONSTANCE PCI NE POURRA TRE TENUE RESPONSABLE DES DOMMAGES SPCIAUX, INDIRECTS OU CONSCUTIFS ATTRIBUABLES UN MANQUEMENT AUX GARANTIES LIMITES DCRITES DANS LE PRSENT DOCUMENT OU LUTILISATION DU PRODUIT INFORMATIQUE, Y COMPRIS, SANS RESTRICTION, LA PERTE DE DONNES, DAFFAIRES, DACHALANDAGE OU DE PROFIT. DANS TOUS LES CAS, LA RESPONSABILIT MAXIMALE DE PCI POUR TOUT MANQUEMENT NE POURRA EXCDER LE PRIX DE VENTE DU PRODUIT INFORMATIQUE. AUCUNE RCLAMATION, SANS GARD SES MOTIFS, NE POURRA TRE FAITE AUPRS DE PCI PLUS DE DEUX (2) ANS APRS LES FAITS INVOQUS LA BASE DUNE TELLE RCLAMATION. Garantie statutaires Certaines juridictions interdisent de telles limitations ou exclusions ; aussi, pourraient-elles ne pas sappliquer. 66 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Appendix WARRANTY for Europe Panasonic System Communications Company Europe (referred to as "Panasonic") will repair this product

(other than software, which is treated in a different section of this warranty) with new or refurbished parts, from the date of original purchase in the event of a defect in materials or workmanship. This warranty only applies to new Panasonic Toughbooks or Toughpads purchased in the EEA and Switzerland and Turkey. Panasonic (or its authorised Service Provider) target to repair your equipment within 48 hours from its receipt in our service centre. Additional charges may apply for shipment to countries outside of the European Union. Panasonic will use all reasonable endeavours to ensure this service. This warranty only covers failures due to defects in materials or workmanship which occur during normal use for the applicable Service Agreement Period listed below. In the event that any product (or part thereof) is replaced, Panasonic shall transfer ownership of the replacement product (or part) to the customer and the customer shall transfer ownership of the replaced product (or part) to Panasonic. Service Agreement Period - from original date of purchase Toughbooks (and every accessory included in the original packaging except the battery) - 3 years Toughpads (and every accessory included in the original packaging except the battery) - 3 years Additional peripherals manufactured by Panasonic (AC Adaptor and Power Cord, Car Adaptor and Power Cord, Cradle, Battery Charger) - 1 year Batteries - 6 months. Panasonic Warranty covers the battery for six months. A battery is considered good if it maintains 50 % of its charge capacity during the warranty period. If a battery is returned under this contract and testing determines that it has charge capacity greater than 50 %, the battery will be returned with an invoice for the retail purchase price of a new battery. This warranty is extended solely to the original purchaser. A purchase receipt or other proof of date of original purchase will be required before warranty performance is rendered. Limits and Exclusions:

This warranty does not cover and shall be void for:

Broken or cracked LCD screen. Defective pixel in notebook displays and LCD screens within 0.002 %

Damage that is attributable to fire, theft or acts of God. Damage caused by environmental influences (electrical storms, magnetic fields etc.). Damage which has not been caused during normal operation Repair of damage that is cosmetic only or does not affect product functionality such as wear and tear, scratches and dents. Failures caused by products not supplied by Panasonic. Failures resulting from alteration, accidental damage, casualty, misuse, abuse or neglect. Introduction of liquid or other foreign matter into the unit. Improper installation, operation or maintenance. Improper connections with peripherals. Maladjustment of consumer controls such as function settings. Modification or service by anyone other than Panasonic or its approved Service Providers. Products used as short term rental or leased equipment. Products whose serial number has been removed making the unit warranty condition impossible to clearly determine. THIS PRODUCT IS NOT INTENDED FOR USE AS, OR AS PART OF, NUCLEAR EQUIPMENT/SYSTEMS, AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL EQUIPMENT/SYSTEMS, OR AIRCRAFT COCKPIT EQUIPMENT/SYSTEMS. PANASONIC WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY LIABILITY RESULTING FROM THE USE OF THIS PRODUCT ARISING OUT OF THE FOREGOING USES. There are no other express warranties except as listed above. Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 67 Appendix We strongly recommend that customers backup their data before sending back their unit to an Authorised Service Provider. Panasonic shall not be liable for loss of data or other incidental or consequential damages resulting from the use of this product, or arising out of any breach of this warranty. All express and implied warranties, including the warranties of satisfactory quality and fitness for a particular purpose are limited to the applicable warranty period set forth above. Panasonic shall not be liable for any indirect, special or consequential loss or damage (including without limitation any loss of profits) arising from the use of this product or for any breach of this warranty. This limited warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may have other rights that vary from country to country. You must consult the applicable country laws for a full determination of your rights. This limited warranty is in addition to, and does not affect any rights arising out of any contract of sale or by statute. Panasonic System Communications Company Europe Data Storage Media Data Storage Media is the media on which the Operating System, drivers and programs originally installed by Panasonic on the main unit are stored. This media is originally provided with the unit. Panasonic warrants to you only that the disc(s) or other media on which the Programs are furnished will be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use for a period of sixty (60) days from the date of delivery thereof to you, as evidenced by your purchase receipt. This is the only warranty Panasonic makes to you. Panasonic does not warrant that the functions contained in the Programs will meet your requirements or that the operation of the Programs will be uninterrupted or error free. Panasonic's entire liability and your exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be limited to the replacement of any defective disk or other media which is returned to Panasonic's authorized Service Centre, together with a copy of the purchase receipt, within the aforesaid warranty period. Panasonic shall have no obligation for any defects in the disk(s) or other media on which the Programs are furnished resulting from your storage thereof, or for defects that have been caused by operation of the disk(s) or other media otherwise than on the Product or in the environment conditions other than those specified by Panasonic by alteration, accident, misuse, abuse, neglect, mishandling, misapplication, installation, maladjustment of consumer controls, improper maintenance, modification or damage that is attributable to acts of God. In addition, Panasonic shall have no obligation for any defects in the disk(s) or other media if you have modified, or attempted to modify any Program. Duration of implied warranties, if any is limited to sixty (60) days. Pre-installed software Pre-installed software means the software shipped pre-loaded by Panasonic, not that loaded by any third party or selling agent. Panasonic and its suppliers makes no warranty, either express, implied or statutory, with respect to software provided with the Product and licensed to Purchaser, its quality, performance, merchantability, or fitness for a particular purpose. Panasonic does not warrant that the functions contained in the software will be uninterrupted or error free. Panasonic assumes no risk of and shall not in any case be liable for any damages, including, without limitation, any special, incidental, consequential, or punitive damages arising from breach of warranty or contract, negligence or any other legal theory, including, without limitation loss of goodwill, profits or revenue, loss of use of the Programs or Products or any associated equipment, cost of capital, cost of any substitute equipment, facilities, or services, downtime costs, or claims of any party dealing with such damages. Some countries do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, or limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. This limited warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights that vary from country to country. You must consult applicable country laws for a full determination of your rights. Contacts 68 Operating Instructions - Reference Manual Appendix Address Panasonic System Communications Company Europe Panasonic Manufacturing U.K. Ltd. Service Centre Building B4, Wharfedale Road, Pentwyn Industrial Estate, Cardiff, United Kingdom CF23 7XB Web page http://www.toughbook.eu/

Panasonic Helpdesk France:

German:

Austria:

Swiss (German):

Swiss (French):

Italy:

Spain:

UK:

e-mail:

+33(0) 805636449

+49(0) 8007235211

+43(0) 800006493

+41(0) 800002429

+41(0) 800588017

+39 800986915

+34(0) 901101157

+44(0) 8000884324 toughbooksupport@eu.panasonic.com Czech speaking service 0800 143234 (in country only) Hungarian speaking service 06800 163 67 (in country only) Polish speaking service 00800 4911558 (in country only) Romanian speaking service 0800 894 743 (in country only) Slovakian speaking service 00800 42672627 (in country only) toughbooksupport@csg.de e-mail:

Payments toughbookservicepayments.cardiff@eu.panasonic.com Operating Instructions - Reference Manual 69 Panasonic Mobile Communications Co., Ltd. 600 Saedo-cho, Tsuzuki-ku, Yokohama-city, Kanagawa 224-8539, Japan DHQP1053ZA/J1 C0120-0

Back of the device Battery Area :

Batteries are placed in rear side of the device. Label Area :

This outline drawing shows the label in position within the battery compartment. The label is visible to the user at the point of sale prior to fitting battery pack The label is located inside the battery lid (under the battery), and it is permanently attached by glue, so it is not easily removed from the device.

Ben Botros, Regulatory Manager Panasonic Corporation of North America Agent Authorization Letter June 17, 2020 TSBU-20-F006 Class II Permissive Change for Model FZ-A3 with FCC ID: ACJFZA3A Federal Communications Commission Authorization and Standards Division 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, MD 21046 USA Subject:

To whom it may concern:

Please be notified that Ben Botros of Panasonic Corporation of North America (PNA), hereby authorize Jones Tsai of Sporton International Inc to act on our behalf in all manners relating to application for equipment authorization, including signing of all documents relating to these matters. Any and all acts carried out by Sporton International Inc. on our behalf shall have the same effect as acts of our own. The undersigned hereby certify that we are not subject to a denial of federal benefits, that includes FCC benefits, pursuant to Section 5301 of the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1988, 21 U.S.C. 853(a). In authorizing Sporton as our agent, we still recognize that we are responsible to:

a) comply with the relevant provisions of the certification program;

b) make all necessary arrangements for the conduct of the evaluation, including provision for examining documentation and access to all areas, records (including internal audit reports) and personnel for the purposes of evaluation (e.g. testing, inspection, assessment, surveillance, reassessment) and resolution of complaints;

c) make claims regarding certification only in respect of the scope for which certification has been granted;

d) do not use our product certification in such a manner as to bring the Certification Division into disrepute and not make any statement regarding our product certification which the Certification Division may consider misleading or unauthorized;

e) upon suspension or cancellation of certification, discontinue use of all advertising matter that contains any reference thereto and return any certification documents as required by the Certification Division;

f) use certification only to indicate the products are certified as being in conformity with specified standards;

g) endeavor to ensure that no certificate or report nor any part thereof is used in a misleading manner;

h) ensure that any reference to our product certification in communication media such as documents, brochures or advertising, complies with the requirements of the Certification Division;

i) keep a record of all complaints made known to the us relating to the products compliance with requirements of the relevant standard and to make these records available to the Certification Division when requested;

j) take appropriate action with respect to such complaints and any deficiencies found in products or services that affect compliance with the requirements for certification;

Panasonic Corporation of North America Two Riverfront Plaza, 9th Floor, Newark, NJ 07102-5490 Tel/Fax: 201-348-7760 / Ben.Botros@us.panasonic.com Ben Botros, Regulatory Manager Panasonic Corporation of North America k) document the actions taken. This authorization is for Single filing for FZ-A3 under FCC ID: ACJFZA3A and is valid for a six month period from the date of this letter. Thank you for your attention in this matter. Sincerely, Ben Botros Regulatory Manager Panasonic Corporation of North America Panasonic Corporation of North America Two Riverfront Plaza, 9th Floor, Newark, NJ 07102-5490 Tel/Fax: 201-348-7760 / Ben.Botros@us.panasonic.com

Ben Botros, Regulatory Manager Panasonic Corporation of North America Class II Permissive Change Letter June 27, 2020 TSBU-20-F006 Class II Permissive Change for Model FZ-A3 with FCC ID: ACJFZA3A Federal Communications Commission Authorization and Standards Division 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, MD 21046 USA Subject:

To whom it may concern:

Pursuant to CFR 2.1043, Panasonic Corporation of North America hereby requests a Class II Permissive Change for its application with FCC ID: ACJFZA3A, which was granted on 04/23/2020. This authorization only covers the Class II permissive change application for the following changes:

Adding external monopole type antenna with maximum antenna gain of 4.3 dBi under FCC Part 15C

(DTS) and with maximum antenna gain 0.7dBi of under FCC Part 15E (NII). The antenna cannot be connected directly to Panasonic Tablet Model FZ-A3 and is always connected via Vehicle Dock. The external antenna cannot be connected directly to the Panasonic Host Tablet Model FZ-A3 and is always connected only via Vehicle Dock. The specific external antenna is provided with the Vehicle Dock and is professionally installed only by the Panasonic authorized and trained professionals. The antenna is intended for mounting on the rooftop of the vehicle. Hence, a minimum 20cm separation between antenna and users body will always be maintained Further, the monopole type antenna is used instead of the tablet ant1 internal antenna. The tablet ant0 internal antenna is always operational. This change does not affect the FCC part 15C (DSS) operation and the FCC part 15C (DXX) because Bluetooth and NFC do not use the external antenna. Panasonic declares that the external antenna and vehicle dock will always be installed by the trained authorized professionals that have knowledge of both the vehicle and the know-how to install the special mounting tabs which can only be installed by the trained authorized professional. Furthermore, the external antenna and the vehicle dock are exclusive products for enterprise customers as well as first responders whom require professional installation prior to vehicle deployment. These products are not sold to the general public due to cost and intended application. Except as noted above, no other radio parameters have been changed and remain identical to the grant date of 4/23/2020. Software security also remains unchanged from the original application. Sincerely, Ben Botros Regulatory Manager Panasonic Corporation of North America Panasonic Corporation of North America Two Riverfront Plaza, 9th Floor, Newark, NJ 07102-5490 Tel/Fax: 201-348-7760 / Ben.Botros@us.panasonic.com

Ben Botros, Regulatory Manager Panasonic Corporation of North America Request for Permanent & Short-Term Confidentiality June 17, 2020 TSBU-20-F006 Class II Permissive Change for Model FZ-A3 with FCC ID: ACJFZA3A Federal Communications Commission Authorization and Standards Division 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, MD 21046 USA Subject:

To whom it may concern:

Pursuant to the provisions of Sections 0.457 and 0.459 of the Commissions rules (47 CFR 0.457, 0.459), we are requesting the Commission to withhold the following attachments as permanent confidential document from public disclosure. Theory of Operation - Operational Description Above mentioned document contains detailed system and equipment description are considered as proprietary information in operation of the equipment. The public disclosure of above documents might be harmful to our company and would give competitor an unfair advantage in the market. In addition, please be advised that Panasonic Corporation of North America hereby requests the following filed sensitive information to be held under short-term confidential, pursuant to the provisions of Sections 0.457 and 0.459 of the Commissions Rules and the provisions in FCC Public DA 04-1705. We request temporarily confidentiality of 180 days, starting from the original issued Certification grant date. Test Setup Photographs User Manual External Photos We will immediately notify Sporton in the event the information regarding the product or the product is made available to the public. Sporton will them release the documents listed above for public disclosure, pursuant to FCC Public Notice DA 04-1705. Sincerely, Ben Botros Regulatory Manager Panasonic Corporation of North America Panasonic Corporation of North America Two Riverfront Plaza, 9th Floor, Newark, NJ 07102-5490 Tel/Fax: 201-348-7760 / Ben.Botros@us.panasonic.com

Ben Botros, Regulatory Manager Panasonic Corporation of North America Agent Authorization Letter December 26, 2019 TSBU-19-F003 Federal Communications Commission Authorization and Standards Division 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, MD 21046 USA Subject: Model FZ-A3 with FCC ID to be, FCC ID: ACJFZA3A To whom it may concern:

Please be notified that Ben Botros of Panasonic Corporation of North America (PNA), hereby authorize Jones Tsai of Sporton International Inc to act on our behalf in all manners relating to application for equipment authorization, including signing of all documents relating to these matters. Any and all acts carried out by Sporton International Inc. on our behalf shall have the same effect as acts of our own. The undersigned hereby certify that we are not subject to a denial of federal benefits, that includes FCC benefits, pursuant to Section 5301 of the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1988, 21 U.S.C. 853(a). In authorizing Sporton as our agent, we still recognize that we are responsible to:

a) b) documentation and access to all areas, records (including internal audit reports) and personnel for the purposes of evaluation (e.g. testing, inspection, assessment, surveillance, reassessment) and resolution of complaints;

c) d) and not make any statement regarding our product certification which the Certification Division may consider misleading or unauthorized;

e) reference thereto and return any certification documents as required by the Certification Division;

f) g) h) ensure that any reference to our product certification in communication media such as documents, brochures or use certification only to indicate the products are certified as being in conformity with specified standards;

upon suspension or cancellation of certification, discontinue use of all advertising matter that contains any make claims regarding certification only in respect of the scope for which certification has been granted;

do not use our product certification in such a manner as to bring the Certification Division into disrepute make all necessary arrangements for the conduct of the evaluation, including provision for examining endeavor to ensure that no certificate or report nor any part thereof is used in a misleading manner;

comply with the relevant provisions of the certification program;

advertising, complies with the requirements of the Certification Division;

i) keep a record of all complaints made known to the us relating to the products compliance with requirements of the relevant standard and to make these records available to the Certification Division when requested;

j) take appropriate action with respect to such complaints and any deficiencies found in products or services that affect compliance with the requirements for certification;

Panasonic Corporation of North America Two Riverfront Plaza, 9th Floor, Newark, NJ 07102-5490 Tel/Fax: 201-348-7760 / Ben.Botros@us.panasonic.com Ben Botros, Regulatory Manager Panasonic Corporation of North America k) document the actions taken. This authorization is for Single certification of Model FZ-A3 under FCC ID: ACJFZA3A and is valid for a one year period from the date of this letter. Thank you for your attention in this matter. Sincerely, Ben Botros Regulatory Manager Panasonic Corporation of North America Panasonic Corporation of North America Two Riverfront Plaza, 9th Floor, Newark, NJ 07102-5490 Tel/Fax: 201-348-7760 / Ben.Botros@us.panasonic.com Ben Botros, Regulatory Manager Panasonic Corporation of North America Request for Permanent & Short-Term Confidentiality December 26, 2019 TSBU-19-F003 Federal Communications Commission Authorization and Standards Division 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, MD 21046 USA Subject: Model FZ-A3 with FCC ID to be, FCC ID: ACJFZA3A To whom it may concern:

Pursuant to the provisions of Sections 0.457 and 0.459 of the Commissions rules (47 CFR 0.457, 0.459), we are requesting the Commission to withhold the following attachments as permanent confidential document from public disclosure.

(1) Theory of Operation (4) Tune up and Alignment Procedure

(2) Parts List (5) Block Diagrams

(3) Schematics Above mentioned document contains detailed system and equipment description are considered as proprietary information in operation of the equipment. The public disclosure of above documents might be harmful to our company and would give competitor an unfair advantage in the market. In addition, please be advised that Panasonic Corporation of North America hereby requests the following filed sensitive information to be held under short-term confidential, pursuant to the provisions of Sections 0.457 and 0.459 of the Commissions Rules and the provisions in FCC Public DA 04-1705. We request temporarily confidentiality of 180 days, starting from the original issued Certification grant date.

(1) External and Internal Photographs (3) Operating Instructions (Users Manual)

(2) Test Setup Photographs We will immediately notify Sporton in the event the information regarding the product or the product is made available to the public. Sporton will them release the documents listed above for public disclosure, pursuant to FCC Public Notice DA 04-1705. Sincerely, Ben Botros Regulatory Manager Panasonic Corporation of North America Panasonic Corporation of North America Two Riverfront Plaza, 9th Floor, Newark, NJ 07102-5490 Tel/Fax: 201-348-7760 / Ben.Botros@us.panasonic.com